WO2012063972A1 - Method for coating reactor - Google Patents

Method for coating reactor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012063972A1
WO2012063972A1 PCT/JP2011/076594 JP2011076594W WO2012063972A1 WO 2012063972 A1 WO2012063972 A1 WO 2012063972A1 JP 2011076594 W JP2011076594 W JP 2011076594W WO 2012063972 A1 WO2012063972 A1 WO 2012063972A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
atom
methyl
titanium dichloride
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/076594
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Naoko Ochi
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited
Priority to SG2013032438A priority Critical patent/SG190040A1/en
Publication of WO2012063972A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012063972A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J19/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J19/02—Apparatus characterised by being constructed of material selected for its chemically-resistant properties
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J19/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J19/18—Stationary reactors having moving elements inside
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J19/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J19/24—Stationary reactors without moving elements inside
    • B01J19/2415—Tubular reactors
    • B01J19/2435—Loop-type reactors
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J8/00—Chemical or physical processes in general, conducted in the presence of fluids and solid particles; Apparatus for such processes
    • B01J8/18—Chemical or physical processes in general, conducted in the presence of fluids and solid particles; Apparatus for such processes with fluidised particles
    • B01J8/24—Chemical or physical processes in general, conducted in the presence of fluids and solid particles; Apparatus for such processes with fluidised particles according to "fluidised-bed" technique
    • B01J8/38—Chemical or physical processes in general, conducted in the presence of fluids and solid particles; Apparatus for such processes with fluidised particles according to "fluidised-bed" technique with fluidised bed containing a rotatable device or being subject to rotation or to a circulatory movement, i.e. leaving a vessel and subsequently re-entering it
    • B01J8/382—Chemical or physical processes in general, conducted in the presence of fluids and solid particles; Apparatus for such processes with fluidised particles according to "fluidised-bed" technique with fluidised bed containing a rotatable device or being subject to rotation or to a circulatory movement, i.e. leaving a vessel and subsequently re-entering it with a rotatable device only
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F10/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F10/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • C08F10/02—Ethene
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/002—Scale prevention in a polymerisation reactor or its auxiliary parts
    • C08F2/004—Scale prevention in a polymerisation reactor or its auxiliary parts by a prior coating on the reactor walls
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00049—Controlling or regulating processes
    • B01J2219/00245—Avoiding undesirable reactions or side-effects
    • B01J2219/00254—Formation of unwanted polymer, such as "pop-corn"
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/02—Apparatus characterised by their chemically-resistant properties
    • B01J2219/0204—Apparatus characterised by their chemically-resistant properties comprising coatings on the surfaces in direct contact with the reactive components
    • B01J2219/0245—Apparatus characterised by their chemically-resistant properties comprising coatings on the surfaces in direct contact with the reactive components of synthetic organic material
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F210/00—Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • C08F210/16—Copolymers of ethene with alpha-alkenes, e.g. EP rubbers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2410/00—Features related to the catalyst preparation, the catalyst use or to the deactivation of the catalyst
    • C08F2410/01—Additive used together with the catalyst, excluding compounds containing Al or B
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
    • C08F4/65912—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with an organoaluminium compound
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
    • C08F4/65916—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond supported on a carrier, e.g. silica, MgCl2, polymer

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for coating a reactor, a reactor having a coated inside wall, an addition polymerization method, a prepolymerization method, a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization, and a method for producing an addition polymer using the same.
  • Patent Document 1 is known as a method of suppressing fouling in the
  • Patent Document 1 to add a specific compound for suppressing fouling in a reaction system, and the compound is also mixed in the reaction product.
  • Patent Document 1 JP-A-2005-89583
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a reactor which can suppress fouling in a reactor even if a chemical reaction is carried out in the reactor, and an addition polymerization method which can produce an
  • a first aspect of the present invention is directed to a method comprising coating an inside wall of a reactor with a random copolymer represented by Formula [1] :
  • J is a repeating unit represented by Formula [2]; K is a repeating unit represented by Formula [3] ; m
  • Formula [3] represents HO- or R 1 0-; and R 1 represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • a second aspect of the present invention is directed to a reactor having a coated inside wall produced by the above method.
  • a third aspect of the present invention is directed to a method comprising addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization in the above reactor having a coated inside wall.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention is directed to a method for producing a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization, wherein the method comprises addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention is directed to a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced by the above method.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention is directed to a method for producing an addition polymer, wherein the method comprises addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of the above
  • the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced by a slurry prepolymerization method in the reactor having a coated inside wall of the present invention can give an addition polymer with
  • a compound to be used for coating an inside wall of a reactor in the present invention is a random copolymer represented by Formula [1] :
  • J is a repeating unit represented by Formula [2]; K is a repeating unit represented by Formula [3]; m
  • Formula [3] represents HO- or R 1 0-; and R 1 represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 1 in Formulas [2] and [3] is a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and the like.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent examples include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atom as a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as, a
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, an isopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n-heptyl group, a n-octyl group, a n-nonyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-undecyl group, a n-dodecyl group, a n-tridecyl group, a n-tetradecyl group, a n-pentadecyl group, a n-hexadecyl group, a n-heptadecyl group
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which is substituted with a halogen atom examples include a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a
  • bromomethyl group a dibromomethyl group, a tribromomethyl group, an iodomethyl group, a diiodomethyl group, a
  • tetrachloroethyl group a pentachloroethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a dibromoethyl group, a tribromoethyl group, a tetrabromoethyl group, a pentabromoethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a
  • perfluoropentyl group a perfluorohexyl group, a
  • perfluoropentadecyl group a perfluoroeicosyl group, a perchloropropyl group, a perchlorobutyl group, a
  • perchloropentyl group a perchlorohexyl group, a
  • perchlorooctyl group a perchlorododecyl group, a
  • perchloropentadecyl group a perchloroeicosyl group, a perbromopropyl group, a perbromobutyl group, a
  • perbromopentyl group a perbromohexyl group, a
  • perbromopentadecyl group a perbromoeicosyl group and the like .
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent examples include a trimethylsilylmethyl group, a trimethylsilylethyl group, a trimethylsilylpropyl group, a trimethylsilylbutyl group, a bis (trimethylsilyl) methyl group, a
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent examples include a dimethylaminomethyl group, a dimethylaminoethyl group, a dimethylaminopropyl group, a dimethylaminobutyl group, a bis (dimethylamino) methyl group, a
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as a substituent examples include a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a n- propoxymethyl group, an isopropoxymethyl group, a n- butoxymethyl group, a sec-butoxymethyl group, a tert- butoxymethyl group, a phenoxymethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a n-propoxyethyl group, an isopropoxyethyl group, a n-butoxyethyl group, a sec- butoxyethyl group, a tert-butoxyethyl group, a phenoxyethyl group, a methoxy-n-propyl group, an ethoxy-n-propyl group, a n-propoxy-n-propyl group, an isopropoxy-n-propyl group, a
  • Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atoms as a substituent and the like.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms include a benzyl group, a (2-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (3-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (4- methylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 3-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,5- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 6-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (4,6- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl ) methyl group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4,5-
  • Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atoms as a substituent include a 2-fluorobenzyl group, a 3-fluorobenzyl group, a 4- fluorobenzyl group, a 2-chlorobenzyl group, a 3- chlorobenzyl group, a 4-chlorobenzyl group, a 2-bromobenzyl group, a 3-bromobenzyl group, a 4-bromobenzyl group, a 2- iodobenzyl group, a 3-iodobenzyl group, a 4-iodobenzyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atom as a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as a substituent and the like .
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2-tolyl group, a 3-tolyl group, a 4-tolyl group, a 2,3-xylyl group, a 2,4-xylyl group, a 2,5- xylyl group, a 2,6-xylyl group, a 3,4-xylyl group, a 3,5- xylyl group, a 2, 3, 4-trimethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5- trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 6-trimethylphenyl group, a
  • diethylphenyl group a triethylphenyl group, a n- propylphenyl group, an isopropylphenyl group, a n- butylphenyl group, a sec-butylphenyl group, a tert- butylphenyl group, a n-pentylphenyl group, a
  • neopentylphenyl group a n-hexylphenyl group, a n- octylphenyl group, a n-decylphenyl group, a n-dodecylphenyl group, a n-tetradecylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atom as a substituent include a 2- fluorophenyl group, a 3-fluorophenyl group, a 4- fluorophenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 3- chlorophenyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group, a 2-bromophenyl group, a 3-bromophenyl group, a 4-bromophenyl group, a 2- iodophenyl group, a 3-iodophenyl group, a 4-iodophenyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent include a trimethylsilylphenyl group, a
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent include a dimethylaminophenyl group, a
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as a substituent include a methoxyphenyl group, an ethoxyphenyl group, a n- propoxyphenyl group, an isopropoxyphenyl group, a n- butoxyphenyl group, a sec-butoxyphenyl group, a tert- butoxyphenyl group, a phenoxyphenyl group and the like.
  • R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group or an isopropyl group.
  • R in Formula [3] is preferably a hydroxy group.
  • m represents the number of 10 to 3,000, preferably the number of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably the number of 100 to 500.
  • n represents the number of 10 to 3,000, preferably the number of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably the number of 100 to 500.
  • Formula [1] include a vinyl alcohol-vinyl acetate random copolymer, a methoxyvinyl-vinyl acetate random copolymer and an ethoxyvinyl-vinyl acetate random copolymer.
  • a coating liquid which is a liquid containing a coating compound and a solvent is attached to an inside wall of a reactor to form a layer made of the coating liquid, and the solvent is removed from the layer; or a method in which a coating liquid is applied onto a plate prepared separately to form a layer made of the coating liquid and a solvent is removed from the layer to form a film in advance, and then the film is attached to an inside wall of a reactor.
  • a method of attaching a coating liquid to an inside wall of a reactor is preferably, for example, a method in which a coating liquid atomized by a spray gun is sprayed over an inside wall of a reactor (spray coating) ; a method in which a coating liquid, with which a brush, a roller, a bleached cotton cloth or the like is impregnated, is
  • the coating liquid is a liquid composition containing the coating compound and a solvent.
  • the solvent include nonpolar solvents such as water, an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent and an aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent; and polar solvents such as a halide solvent, an ether-based solvent, an alcohol-based solvent, a phenol- based solvent, a carbonyl-based solvent, a phosphoric acid derivative, a nitrile-based solvent, a nitro compound, an amine-based solvent and a sulfur compound.
  • the solvent is preferably water or an alcohol-based solvent, and
  • the concentration of the coating compound in the coating liquid is usually from 0.01% by weight to 10% by weight, and preferably from 0.05% by weight to 1% by weight.
  • the solvent can be usually vaporized and removed from a layer made of the coating liquid by maintaining the layer at a temperature within a range from room temperature to 200°C for 10 minutes to 20 hours. It is preferred that the solvent is removed by drying under reduced pressure or sweeping the solvent with an inert gas such as nitrogen while optionally heating the layer made of the coating liquid so that the solvent may not remain in the layer.
  • compound, with which an inside wall of a reactor is coated is usually 5 mm or less, and preferably 1 mm or less.
  • the amount of the coating compound based on an area of an inside wall of a reactor is preferably from 0.01 to 50 g/m 2 , and more preferably from 0.1 to 5 g/m 2 .
  • the reactor having a coated inside wall of the present invention can be used in various chemical reactions, and is preferably used for addition polymerization. That is, a method, in which monomers capable of addition polymerizing are addition polymerized in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization in a reactor having a coated inside wall, is preferred.
  • the catalyst for addition polymerization is produced by bringing a compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound or its ⁇ - ⁇ type transition metal compound dimmer, an activating agent (B) and, optionally, an organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other.
  • A selected from a transition metal compound or its ⁇ - ⁇ type transition metal compound dimmer
  • B activating agent
  • C organoalminium compound
  • Compound (A) selected from Transition Metal Compound or its ⁇ - ⁇ Type Transition Metal Compound Dimer
  • the compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound or its ⁇ - ⁇ type transition metal compound dimer used the present invention is a transition metal compound which exhibits addition polymerization activity by using in combination with the activating agent (B) , and optionally using in combination with the organoalminium compound (C) .
  • a transition metal compound such as a metallocene complex is used.
  • transition metal compound (A) examples include a transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] described below or its ⁇ - ⁇ type transition metal compound dimer:
  • M 1 is a transition metal atom of Group 4;
  • L 1 is a group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton or containing a hetero atom;
  • X 1 is a halogen atom, a
  • hydrocarbyloxy group or a hydrocarbyl group other than groups having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton
  • a is a number satisfying 0 ⁇ a ⁇ 3
  • b is a number satisfying 0 ⁇ b ⁇ 3
  • when there are more than one L 1 one L 1 may be linked to another L 1 either directly or by a group
  • M 1 in Formula [4] is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, and more preferably a zirconium atom.
  • Examples of the group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton of L 1 in Formula [4] include an optionally substituted cyclopentadienyl group, an optionally
  • L 1 examples include a cyclopentadienyl group, a methylcyclopentadienyl group, an
  • ethylcyclopentadienyl group a n-butylcyclopentadienyl group, a tert-butylcyclopentadienyl group, a 1,2- dimethylcyclopentadienyl group, a 1,3- dimethylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-2- ethylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-3- ethylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-tert-butyl-2- methylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-tert-butyl-3- methylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-2- isopropylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-3- isopropylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-2-n-butylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-
  • hapticity ⁇ of the ligand contained in the group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton used in L 1 in Formula [4] there is no particular limitation on hapticity ⁇ of the ligand contained in the group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton used in L 1 in Formula [4], and the hapticity ⁇ of the ligand may be any value which is
  • Examples of the hapticity of the ligand include five, four, three, two and one.
  • the hapticity of the ligand is preferably five, three or one, and more preferably five or three.
  • Examples of the hetero atom in the group containing a hetero atom of L 1 in Formula [4] include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and a phosphorus atom, and the group is preferably an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a thioalkoxy group, a thioaryloxy group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, an alkylphosphino group, an
  • arylphosphino group an chelating ligand, or an aromatic heterocyclic group or aliphatic heterocyclic group
  • Examples of the group containing a hetero atom of L 1 in Formula [4] include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a phenoxy group, a 2- methylphenoxy group, 2 , 6-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,4,6- trimethylphenoxy group, a 2-ethylphenoxy group, a 4-n- propylphenoxy group, a 2-isopropylphenoxy group, a 2,6- diisopropylphenoxy group, a 4-sec-butylphenoxy group, a 4- tert-butylphenoxy group, a 2, 6-di-sec-butylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenoxy group, a 2,6-di-tert- butylphenoxy group, a 4-methoxyphenoxy group, a 2,6- dimethoxyphenoxy group, a 3, 5-dimethoxyphenoxy group, a 2- chlorophenoxy group
  • Examples of the group containing a hetero atom also include a group represented by Formula [8] :
  • R 4 group each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group, or any two of R 4 groups are linked to one another to form a
  • R 4 group in Formula [8] examples include a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a
  • cycloheptyl group a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, a 1- naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group and a benzyl group.
  • group containing a hetero atom can also include a group represented by Formula [9] :
  • R 5 group each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbyl group, a halogenated hydrocarbyl group, a hydrocarbyloxy group, a silyl group or an amino group, or any two or more of R 5 groups are linked to one another to form a ring structure.
  • R 5 group in Formula [9] examples include a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2- naphthyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2 , 6-dimethylphenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 2-methylphenyl group, a 4- trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a 4- pyridyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-isopropylphenyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a diphenylmethylsilyl group, a 1-methyl-l- phenylethyl group, a 1, 1-dimethylpropyl group, a 2- chlorophenyl group
  • the chelating ligand of L 1 in Formula [4] means a ligand having a plurality of coordination sites, and examples of the ligand include acetylacetonate, diimine, oxazoline, bisoxazoline, terpyridine, acylhydrazone, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, porphyrin, crown ether and cryptate.
  • heterocyclic group of L 1 in Formula [4] can include a pyridyl group, an N-substituted
  • a pyridyl group is preferred.
  • its residue is preferably a divalent residue in which the atom linked to L 1 is a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom, and the number of atoms linking two L 1 is 3 or less.
  • alkylene groups such as a methylene group, an ethylene group and a propylene group
  • substituted alkylene groups such as a dimethylmethylene group (an isopropylidene group) and a diphenylmethylene group
  • substituted silylene groups such as a silylene group, a dimethylsilylene group, a
  • diethylsilylene group a diphenylsilylene group, a
  • tetramethyldisilylene group and a dimethoxysilylene group tetramethyldisilylene group and a dimethoxysilylene group
  • hetero atoms such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a phosphorus atom.
  • diphenylsilylene group or a dimethoxysilylene group is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the halogen atom of X 1 in Formula [4] include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbyl group of X 1 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and an alkenyl group. Among them, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is particularly preferred .
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, an amyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-dodecyl group, a n- pentadecyl group and a n-eicosyl group.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert- butyl group, an isobutyl group or an amyl group is more preferred. Any of these alkyl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom examples include a fluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a chloromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, a fluoroethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a
  • the hydrogen atom contained in these alkyl groups may be substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms can include a benzyl group, a (2-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (3-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (4- methylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 3-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2 , 4-dimethylphenyl ) methyl group, a (2,5- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 6-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,5- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group
  • an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2-tolyl group, a 3-tolyl group, a 4-tolyl group, a 2,3-xylyl group, a 2,4-xylyl group, a 2,5- xylyl group, a 2,6-xylyl group, a 3,4-xylyl group, a 3,5- xylyl group, a 2, 3, 4-trimethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5- trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 6-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 4, 6-trimethylphenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 4, 5-tetramethylphenyl group, a 2,3,4,6- tetramethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetramethylphenyl group, a pentamethylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a n- propy
  • neopentylphenyl group a n-hexylphenyl group, a n- octylphenyl group, a n-decylphenyl group, a n-dodecylphenyl group, a n-tetradecylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the hydrogen atom contained in these aryl groups may be
  • halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group
  • an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms examples include an allyl group, a metally1 group, a crotyl group and a 1, 3-diphenyl-2-propenyl group, and preferably an allyl group or a metallyl group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbyloxy group of X 1 in Formula [1] include an alkoxy group, an aralkyloxy group and an aryloxy group, and preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyloxy group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a n-pentoxy group, a neopentoxy group, a n-hexoxy group, a n-octoxy group, a n-dodesoxy group, a n-pentadesoxy group and a n-icosoxy group, and preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group or a tert-butoxy group.
  • the hydrogen atom contained in these alkoxy groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group .
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group
  • an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group
  • Examples of the aralkyloxy group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms include a benzyloxy group, a (2-methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3-methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (4- methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2, 3-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2 , 4-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,5- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2 , 6-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3,5- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,4,6- tri
  • the hydrogen atom contained in these aralkyloxy groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group
  • an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • Examples of the aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenoxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, a 3-methylphenoxy group, a 4-methylphenoxy group, a 2,3- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 4-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,5- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 6-dimethylphenoxy group, a 3,4- dimethylphenoxy group, a 3, 5-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2- tert-butyl-3-methylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-4- methylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-5-methylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-6-methylphenoxy group, a 2,3,4- trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 5-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 6-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2 , , 5-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 4 , 6-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-3, 4- di
  • the hydrogen atom contained in these aryloxy groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group
  • an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • X 1 in Formula [4] is more preferably a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n- butoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a 2 , 6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group, a 3,4,5- trifluorophenoxy group, a pentafluorophenoxy group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4-pentafluorophenylphenoxy group or a benzyl group.
  • a in Formula [4] is a number satisfying 0 ⁇ a ⁇ 3
  • b is a number satisfying 0 ⁇ b ⁇ 3.
  • a and b are appropriately selected according to the valence of M 1 .
  • M 1 is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom
  • a is preferably 2 and also b is preferably 2.
  • zirconium atom or a hafnium atom include
  • cyclopentadienyl penentamethylcyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride
  • cyclopentadienyl indenyl titanium dichloride
  • cyclopentadienyl fluorenyl titanium dichloride
  • dimethylsilylenebis (cyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride dimethylsilylenebis (2-methylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (3- methylcyclopentadienyl ) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-n-butylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (3-n- butylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
  • dimethylsilylenebis (2-methylindenyl ) titanium dichloride dimethylsilylenebis (2-tert-butylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2, 3-dimethylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2, 4, 7-trimethylindenyl) titanium
  • dimethylsilylenebis (2-methyl-4-naphthylindenyl) titanium dichloride dimethylsilylenebis (4,5,6,7- tetrahydroindenyl) titanium dichloride
  • cyclopentadienyl (2, 6-dimethylphenyl) titanium dichloride cyclopentadienyl (2, 6-diisopropylphenyl) titanium dichloride, cyclopentadienyl (2, 6-di-tert-butylphenyl) titanium
  • dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-dimethyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
  • dimethylsilylene trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl
  • dimethylsilylene trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl
  • dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3, 5-dimethyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3- tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
  • dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride
  • dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3, 5-di-tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride
  • dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (5-methyl-3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride
  • dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3, 5-dimethyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
  • dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (5-methyl-3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride
  • dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride
  • dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (5-methyl-3- trimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride
  • phosphide tetramethylcyclopentadienyldimethylsilanetitanium dichloride, (tert-butylamide) indenyl-1, 2-ethanediyltitanium dichloride, (tert-butylamide) tetrahydroindenyl-1, 2- ethanediyltitanium dichloride, (tert-butylamide) fluorenyl- 1, 2-ethanediyltitanium dichloride, (tert- butylamide) indenyldimethylsilanetitanium dichloride, (tert- butylamide) tetrahydroindenyldimethylsilanetitanium
  • transition metal compounds may be used alone, or two or more kinds of them may be used in combination.
  • the compound (A) to be used in the present invention is preferably a transition metal compound represented by
  • Formula [4] described above a compound in which M 1 in Formula [4] is zirconium, and a transition metal compound containing at least one group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton as L 1 in Formula [4] are preferred.
  • the transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] can be produced by the production methods described in JP-A-6-340684, JP-A-7-258321, and International Publication No. WO 95/00562 and the like.
  • the activating agent (B) to be used in the present invention may be an agent which can activate the compound (A) .
  • a catalyst for addition polymerization is
  • addition polymer particles e.g., slurry polymerization, gas phase
  • the produced addition polymer it is preferred to allow the produced addition polymer to have a fixed shape using the specific particles as one of components of a catalyst for addition polymerization. It is possible to preferably use, as the specific particles, modified
  • M 2 in Formula [5] is a Group 12 element
  • L 2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group, and two L 2 may be the same as or different from each other
  • R 2 is an electron withdrawing group or a group containing an electron withdrawing group, and when there are more than one R 2 , they may be the same as or different from each other
  • R 3 is a hydrocarbyl group or a halogenated
  • T in Formula [6] is a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element
  • t is the valence of T
  • ⁇ " in Formula [7] is a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element
  • u is the valence of ⁇ " .
  • (III) modified particles produced by bringing inorganic oxide particles or organic polymer particles (d) , the aluminoxane (e) and the compound (A) into contact with each other.
  • M 2 in Formula [5] represents a Group 12 element of the
  • M 2 Periodic Table of the elements (the 1989 IUPAC revised edition of inorganic chemical nomenclature) .
  • Examples of M 2 include a zinc atom, a cadmium atom and a mercury atom. M 2 is particularly preferably a zinc atom.
  • L 2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group.
  • the halogen atom of L 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the hydrocarbyl group of L 2 is
  • the alkyl group of the hydrocarbyl group of L 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec- butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n- pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n- heptyl group, a n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-dodecyl group, a n-pentadecyl group and a n-eicosyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an iso
  • any of these alkyl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which is substituted with a halogen atom can include a fluoromethyl group, a
  • fluoroethyl group a difluoroethyl group, a trifluoroethyl group, a tetrafluoroethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a
  • perfluoropentyl group a perfluorohexyl group, a
  • alkyl groups may be substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • the aryl group of the hydrocarbyl group of L 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 2-tolyl group, a 3-tolyl group, a 4-tolyl group, a 2,3-xylyl group, a 2,4- xylyl group, a 2,5-xylyl group, a 2,6-xylyl group, a 3,4- xylyl group, a 3,5-xylyl group, a 2 , 3, 4-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 5-trimethylphenyl group, a 2,3,6- trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 4 , 6-trimethylphenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 4 , 5-tetramethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 4, 6-tetramethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenyl group, a pen
  • neopentylphenyl group a n-hexylphenyl group, a n- octylphenyl group, a n-decylphenyl group, a n-dodecylphenyl group, a n-tetradecylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • aryl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group
  • an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • the aralkyl group of the hydrocarbyl group of L 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof can include a benzyl group, a (2- methylphenyl) methyl group, a (3-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (4-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 5-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,6- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a
  • any of these aralkyl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group
  • an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
  • L 2 in Formula [5] is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group.
  • Two L 2 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • T in Formula [6] represents a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element of the Periodic Table of the elements (the 1989 IUPAC revised edition of inorganic chemical
  • Examples of the Group 15 element include a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom and the like; and specific examples of the Group 16 element include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.
  • T is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, and particularly preferably an oxygen atom.
  • t in Formula [6] represents the valence of T, and t is 3 when T is the Group 15 element and t is 2 when T is the Group 16 element.
  • ⁇ " in Formula [7] represents a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element of the Periodic Table of the elements (the 1989 IUPAC revised edition of inorganic chemical
  • Examples of the Group 15 element include a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom and the like; and specific examples of the Group 16 element include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.
  • T' is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, and particularly preferably an oxygen atom.
  • u in Formula [7] represents the valence of T' , and u is 3 when T' is the Group 15 element and u is 2 when T' is the Group 16 element.
  • R 2 in Formula [6] represents an electron withdrawing group or a group containing an electron withdrawing group and, when there are more than one R 2 , they may be the same as or different from each other.
  • a substituent constant ⁇ of Hammett's rule is known as an indicator of electron withdrawing properties, and examples of the electron- withdrawing group include functional groups having a positive substituent constant ⁇ of Hammett's rule.
  • the electron withdrawing group include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbonyl group, a sulfone group, a phenyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the group containing an electron withdrawing group include a halogenated alkyl group, a halogenated aryl group, a
  • halogenated alkyl aryl group, a cyanated aryl group, a nitrated aryl group, an ester group (an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aralkyloxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group) and the like.
  • halogenated alkyl group examples include a fluoromethyl group, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, an iodomethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a dichloromethyl group, a dibromomethyl group, a diiodomethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, a tribromomethyl group, a triiodomethyl group, a 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trichloroethyl group, a
  • halogenated aryl group examples include a 2- fluorophenyl group, a 3-fluorophenyl group, a 4- fluorophenyl group, a 2, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 2,6- difluorophenyl group, a 3, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 3,5- difluorophenyl group, a 2, 4, 6-trifluorophenyl group, a
  • Examples of the (halogenated alkyl)aryl group include a 2- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group, a 3-
  • Examples of the cyanated aryl group include a 2- cyanophenyl group, a 3-cyanophenyl group, a 4-cyanophenyl group and the like.
  • nitrated aryl group examples include a 2- nitrophenyl group, a 3-nitrophenyl group, a 4-nitrophenyl group and the like.
  • ester group examples include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a normal propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a phenoxycarbonyl group, a trifluoromethoxycarbonyl group, a
  • R 2 is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbyl group, and more preferably a halogenated alkyl group or a halogenated aryl group.
  • R 2 is still more preferably a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, a 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentafluoropropyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethyl group, a 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, a 2- fluorophenyl group, a 3-fluorophenyl group, a 4- fluorophenyl group, a 2, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 2,6- difluorophenyl group, a 3, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 3,5- difluorophenyl group, a 2, 4, 6-
  • R 3 in Formula [7] represents a hydrocarbyl group or a halogenated hydrocarbyl group.
  • the hydrocarbyl group in R 3 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group, and the same hydrocarbyl group as that described as L 2 in Formula [7] is used.
  • Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbyl group in R 3 include a halogenated alkyl group, a halogenated aryl group, a (halogenated alkyl) aryl group and the like, and the same halogenated alkyl group,
  • R 3 in Formula [7] is preferably a halogenated
  • hydrocarbyl group and more preferably a fluorinated hydrocarbyl group.
  • Examples of the compound (a) to be used to obtain modified particles (I) include, when M 2 is a zinc atom, dialkyl zinc such as dimethyl zinc, diethyl zinc, dipropyl zinc, di-n-butyl zinc, diisobutyl zinc or di-n-hexyl zinc; diaryl zinc such as diphenyl zinc, dinaphthyl zinc or bis (pentafluorophenyl) zinc; dialkenyl zinc such as diallyl zinc; halogenated alkyl zinc such as bis (cyclopentadienyl) zinc, methyl zinc chloride, ethyl zinc chloride, propyl zinc chloride, n-butyl zinc chloride, isobutyl zinc
  • halogenated zinc such as zinc fluoride, zinc chloride, zinc bromide or zinc iodide.
  • the compound (a) is preferably dialkyl zinc, more preferably dimethyl zinc, diethyl zinc, dipropyl zinc, din-butyl zinc, diisobutyl zinc or di-n-hexyl zinc, and particularly preferably dimethyl zinc or diethyl zinc.
  • Examples of the amines of the compound (b) include di ( fluoromethyl ) amine, di (chloromethyl ) amine,
  • phosphine compounds are compounds in which amine of the above-mentioned specific examples are replaced by phosphine.
  • Examples of the alcohols of the compound (b) include fluoromethanol, chloromethanol, bromomethanol, iodomethanol, difluoromethanol, dichloromethanol, dibromomethanol, diiodomethanol, trifluoromethanol, trichloromethanol, tribromomethanol, triiodomethanol, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethanol, 2, 2, 2-trichloroethanol, 2 , 2 , 2-tribromoethanol, 2,2,2- triiodoethanol, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentafluoropropanol, 2,2,3,3,3- pentachloropropanol, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentabromopropanol,
  • 2,2,3,3, 3-pentaiodopropanol 2,2, 2-trifluoro-1- trifluoromethylethanol, 2,2, 2-trichloro-l- trichloromethylethanol, 2, 2 , 2-tribromo-l- tribromomethylethanol, 2,2, 2-triiodo-l-triiodomethylethanol, 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2-trifluoroethanol, 1,1- bis (trichloromethyl) -2,2, 2-trichloroethanol, 1, 1- bis (tribromomethyl) -2,2, 2-tribromoethanol, 1, 1- bis (triiodomethyl) -2, 2, 2-triiodoethanol and the like.
  • Those thiol compounds are compounds in which methanol of the above-mentioned specific examples is
  • ethanethiol, and propanol is replaced by propanethiol.
  • Examples of the phenols of the compound (b) include 2- fluorophenol, 3-fluorophenol, 4-fluorophenol, 2,4- difluorophenol, 2, 6-difluorophenol, 3, -difluorophenol, 3, 5-difluorophenol, 2 , 4 , 6-trifluorophenol, 3,4,5- trifluorophenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrafluorophenol,
  • pentafluorophenol 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- trifluoromethylphenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- pentafluorophenylphenol, perfluoro-l-naphthol, perfluoro-2- naphthol, 2-chlorophenol, 3-chlorophenol, 4-chlorophenol, 2 , 4-dichlorophenol, 2, 6-dichlorophenol, 3, 4-dichlorophenol, 3, 5-dichlorophenol, 2, 4, 6-trichlorophenol, 3,4,5- trichlorophenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrachlorophenol,
  • (trifluoromethyl) phenol 4- (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2,6- bis (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 3, 5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2, 4, 6-tris (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 3,4,5- tris (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2-cyanophenol, 3-cyanophenol, 4-cyanophenol, 2-nitrophenol, 3-nitrophenol, 4-nitrophenol and the like.
  • Further examples of the compound (b) include thiophenol compounds in which an oxygen atom is substituted with a sulfur atom. Those thiophenol compounds are
  • the amine of the compound (b) is
  • the compound (b) is more preferably bis (trifluoromethyl) amine, bis (pentafluorophenyl) amine, trifluoromethanol, 2,2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethanol, 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2,2, 2-trifluoroethanol, 2- fluorophenol, 3-fluorophenol, 4-fluorophenol, 2,6- difluorophenol, 3, 5-difluorophenol, 2, , 6-trifluorophenol,
  • Examples of the compound (c) include water, hydrogen sulfide, amine and an aniline compound.
  • Examples of the amine include alkylamines such as methylamine, ethylamine, n-propylamine, isopropylamine, n-butylamine, sec-butylamine, tert-butylamine, isobutylamine, n-pentylamine,
  • neopentylamine isopentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-octylamine, n-decylamine, n-dodecylamine, n-pentadecylamine and n- eicosylamine; aralkylamines such as allylamine,
  • perfluoropentadecylamine perfluoroeicosylamine
  • halogenated alkylamines in which "fluoro" of these amines are replaced by "chloro”, “bromo” or "iodo".
  • aniline compound of the compound (c) examples include aniline, naphthylamine, anthracenylamine, 2- tolylamine, 3-tolylamine, 4-tolylamine, 2 , 3-xylylamine, 2 , 4-xylylamine, 2 , 5-xylylamine, 2 , 6-xylylamine, 3,4- xylylamine, 3, 5-xylylamine, 2, 3, 4-trimethylaniline, 2,3,5- trimethylaniline, 2 , 3, 6-trimethylaniline, 2,4,6- trimethylaniline, 3, 4, 5-trimethylaniline, 2,3,4,5- tetramethylaniline, 2 , 3, 4 , 6-tetramethylaniline, 2,3,5,6- tetramethylaniline, pentamethylaniline, 2-ethylaniline, 3- ethylaniline, 4-ethylaniline, 2, 3-diethylaniline, 2,4- diethylaniline, 2, 5-diethylaniline, 2, 6-diethy
  • the compound (c) is preferably water, hydrogen sulfide, methylamine, ethylamine, n-propylamine, isopropylamine, n- butylamine, sec-butylamine, tert-butylamine, isobutylamine, n-octylamine, aniline, 2 , 6-xylylamine, 2,4,6- trimethylaniline, naphthylamine, anthracenylamine,
  • perfluoropentadecylamine perfluoroeicosylamine
  • 2- fluoroaniline 3-fluoroaniline
  • 4-fluoroaniline 2,6- difluoroaniline, 3, 5-difluoroaniline, 2,4,6- trifluoroaniline, 3,4, 5-trifluoroaniline
  • pentafluoroaniline 2- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 3- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 4- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 2,6- bis (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 3, 5- bis (trifluoromethyl) aniline or 2,4,6- tris (trifluoromethyl) aniline, particularly preferably water, trifluoromethylamine, perfluorobutylamine,
  • perfluorooctylamine perfluoropentadecylamine
  • 2- fluoroaniline 3-fluoroaniline
  • 4-fluoroaniline 2,6- difluoroaniline, 3, 5-difluoroaniline, 2,4,6- trifluoroaniline, 3, 4, 5-trifluoroaniline,
  • pentafluoroaniline 2- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 3- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 4- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 2,6- bis (trifluoromethyl ) aniline, 3, 5- bis (trifluoromethyl) aniline or 2,4,6- tris (trifluoromethyl) aniline, and most preferably water or pentafluoroaniline .
  • Examples of (d) include inorganic oxide particles and organic polymer particles. Among them, porous particles having a uniform particle diameter and used commonly as a carrier are preferred.
  • the volume-based geometric standard deviation of the particle diameter of (d) is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and still more preferably 1.7 or less.
  • any inorganic oxide may be used as the inorganic oxide particles (d) and a plurality of inorganic substances may be used in combination.
  • the inorganic oxide include Si0 2 , Al 2 0 3 , MgO, Zr0 2 , Ti0 2 , B 2 0 3 , CaO, ZnO, BaO and Th0 2 , as well as a mixture thereof, Si0 2 -MgO, Si0 2 - A1 2 0 3 , Si0 2 -Ti0 2 , Si0 2 -V 2 0 5 , Si0 2 -Cr 2 0 3 and Si0 2 -Ti0 2 -MgO .
  • These inorganic oxides are preferably Si0 2 and/or Al 2 0 3 , and particularly preferably Si0 2 (i.e., silica).
  • the inorganic oxide may contain a small amount of carbonates, sulfates, nitrates and oxides components, such as Na 2 C0 3 , K 2 C0 3 , CaC0 3 , MgC0 3 , Na 2 S0 4 , Al 2 (S0 4 ) 3 , BaS0 4 , KN0 3 ,
  • the inorganic oxide is preferably dried to
  • the drying method is preferably a method of drying by heating.
  • the drying temperature of the inorganic oxide whose moisture cannot be visually confirmed is usually from 100 to 1,500°C,
  • the drying time is preferably from 10 minutes to 50 hours, and more preferably from 1 hour to 30 hours.
  • Examples of the method of drying the inorganic oxide by heating include a method in which an inorganic oxide is dried by circulating a dried inert gas (e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.) at a given flow rate during heating, or a method in which an inorganic oxide is dried by heating under reduced pressure.
  • a dried inert gas e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.
  • hydroxyl groups are formed and exist on a surface of an inorganic oxide.
  • a modified inorganic oxide produced by substituting active hydrogen of surface hydroxyl groups with various substituents may be used as the inorganic oxide.
  • Examples of the modified inorganic oxide include inorganic oxides subjected to a contact treatment with trialkylchlorosilane such as
  • dialkyldichlorosilane such as dimethyldichlorosilane
  • diaryldichlorosilane such as diphenyldichlorosilane
  • alkyltrichlorosilane such as methyltrichlorosilane
  • aryltrichlorosilane such as phenyltrichlorosilane
  • trialkylalkoxysilane such as trimethylmethoxysilane
  • triarylalkoxysilane such as triphenylmethoxysilane
  • dialkyldialkoxysilane such as dimethyldimethoxysilane
  • diaryldialkoxysilane such as diphenyldimethoxysilane
  • alkyltrialkoxysilane such as methyltrimethoxysilane
  • aryltrialkoxysilane such as phenyltrimethoxysilane
  • tetraalkoxysilane such as tetramethoxysilane
  • alkyldisilazane such as 1, 1, 1, 3, 3, 3-hexamethyldisilazane; tetrachlorosilane; alcohol such as methanol or ethanol; phenol; dialkyl magnesium such as dibutyl magnesium, butylethyl magnesium or butyloctyl magnesium; and alkyl lithium such as butyl lithium.
  • Further examples include inorganic oxides produced by subjecting inorganic oxides which brought into contact with trialkyl aluminum to a contact treatment with dialkylamine such as diethylamine or diphenylamine; alcohol such as methanol or ethanol; and phenol.
  • the strength of the inorganic oxide per se may be sometimes increased by hydrogen bonding of hydroxyl groups to each other. In that case, if all active hydrogen of surface hydroxyl groups are substituted with various substituents, a decrease in particle strength may sometimes occur. Therefore, it is not necessarily required to substitute all active hydrogen of surface hydroxyl groups of the inorganic oxide, and the substitution ratio of the surface hydroxyl groups may be appropriately determined. There is no particular limitation on a method of changing the substitution ratio of the surface hydroxyl groups.
  • Examples of the method include a method of changing the amount of the compound to be used in the contact treatment.
  • the average particle diameter of the inorganic oxide particles is usually from 1 to 5, 000 ⁇ , preferably from 5 to 1, 000 ⁇ , more preferably from 10 to 500 ⁇ , and still more preferably from 10 to 100 ⁇ .
  • the pore volume is preferably 0.1 ml/g or more, and more preferably from 0.3 to 10 ml/g.
  • the specific surface area is preferably from 10 to 1,000 m 2 /g, and more preferably from 100 to 500 m 2 /g.
  • organic polymer may be used as the organic polymer particles (d) , and also a mixture of a plurality of kinds of organic polymers may be used.
  • the organic polymer is preferably a polymer which has a functional group
  • the functional group containing active hydrogen there is no particular limitation on the functional group containing active hydrogen as long as the functional group has active hydrogen.
  • the functional group include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an imino group, an amide group, a hydrazide group, an amidino group, a hydroxy group, a hydroperoxy group, a carboxyl group, a formyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, a sulfenic acid group, a thiol group, a thioformyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a piperidyl group, an indazolyl group and a carbazolyl group.
  • the functional group is preferably a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an imino group, an amide group, an imide group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a thiol group, and particularly preferably a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an amide group or a hydroxy group.
  • These groups may be substituted with a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the non-proton-donating Lewis basic functional group is a functional group which has a Lewis base moiety containing no active hydrogen atom.
  • the functional group include a pyridyl group, an N-substituted imidazolyl group, an N-substituted indazolyl group, a nitrile group, an azide group, an N-substituted imino group, an N, N-substituted amino group, an N, N-substituted aminooxy group, an ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ - substituted hydrazino group, a nitroso group, a nitro group, a nitrooxy group, a furyl group, a carbonyl group, a
  • thiocarbonyl group an alkoxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an N, N-substituted carbamoyl group, a thioalkoxy group, a substituted sulfinyl group, a substituted sulfonyl group and a substituted sulfonic acid group.
  • the functional group is preferably a heterocyclic group, and more preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom and/or a nitrogen atom in its ring.
  • the functional group is particularly preferably a pyridyl group, an N-substituted imidazolyl group or an N-substituted indazolyl group, and most preferably a pyridyl group.
  • These groups may be substituted with a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the content of the functional group having active hydrogen or the non- proton-donating Lewis basic functional group in the organic polymer is preferably from 0.01 to 50 mmol/g, and more preferably from 0.1 to 20 mmol/g, expressed by the molar number of the functional groups per gram of the organic polymer.
  • Examples of a method for producing the organic polymer, which has a functional group having active hydrogen or a non-proton-donating Lewis basic functional group include a method of homopolymerizing a monomer which has a functional group having active hydrogen or a non-proton-donating Lewis basic functional group, and one or more polymerizable unsaturated groups, or a method of copolymerizing the said monomer with the other monomer having a polymerizable unsaturated group. It is preferred to copolymerize
  • Examples of the polymerizable unsaturated group include alkenyl groups such as a vinyl group and an allyl group; and alkynyl groups such as an ethyne group.
  • Examples of the monomer which has a functional group having active hydrogen and one or more polymerizable unsaturated groups, include a vinyl group-containing primary amine, a vinyl group-containing secondary amine, a vinyl group-containing amide compound and a vinyl group- containing hydroxy compound.
  • Examples of the monomer include N- (1-ethenyl) amine, N- (2-propenyl) amine, N-(l- ethenyl) -N-methylamine, N- (2-propenyl) -N-methylamine, 1- ethenylamide, 2-propenylamide, N-methyl- ( 1-ethenyl) amide, N-methyl- (2-propenyl) amide, vinyl alcohol, 2-propen-l-ol and 3-buten-l-ol .
  • Examples of the monomer which has a functional group having a Lewis base moiety containing no active hydrogen atom and one or more polymerizable
  • unsaturated groups include vinylpyridine, vinyl (N- substituted) imidazole and vinyl (N-substituted) indazole .
  • Examples of the other monomer having a polymerizable unsaturated group include ethylene, a-olefin, an aromatic vinyl compound and a cyclic olefin compound.
  • Examples of the monomer include ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-hexene, 4-methyl-l-pentene, styrene, norbornene and
  • dicyclopentadiene dicyclopentadiene .
  • Ethylene or styrene is preferred. Two or more kinds of these monomers may be used.
  • Examples of the crosslinking polymerizable monomer having two or more polymerizable unsaturated groups include divinylbenzene and the like.
  • the average particle diameter of the organic polymer particles is usually from 1 to 5, 000 ⁇ , preferably from 5 to 1, 000 ⁇ , and more preferably from 10 to 500 ⁇ .
  • the pore volume is preferably 0.1 ml/g or more, and more preferably 0.3 to 10 ml/g.
  • the specific surface area is preferably from 10 to 1,000 m 2 /g, and more preferably from 50 to 500 m 2 /g.
  • organic polymer particles are preferably dried to substantially remove moisture, and more preferably dried by heating.
  • the drying temperature of the organic polymer whose moisture cannot be visually confirmed is usually from 30 to 400°C, preferably from 50 to 200°C, and more
  • the heating time is preferably from 10 minutes to 50 hours, and more preferably from 1 hour to 30 hours.
  • Examples of the method of drying the organic polymer particles by heating include a method in which organic polymer particles are dried by circulating a dried inert gas (e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.) at a given flow rate while heating, or a method in which organic polymer particles are dried by heating under reduced pressure .
  • a dried inert gas e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.
  • ⁇ 1> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (b) is brought into contact with (c) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (d) ;
  • ⁇ 2> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (b) is brought into contact with (d) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (c) ;
  • ⁇ 3> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (c) is brought into contact with (b) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (d) ;
  • ⁇ 4> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (c) is brought into contact with (d) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (b) ;
  • ⁇ 5> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (d) is brought into contact with (b) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (c) ;
  • ⁇ 6> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (d) is brought into contact with (c) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (b) ;
  • ⁇ 8> an order in which a contact product of (b) and (c) is brought into contact with (d) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (a) ;
  • ⁇ 11> an order in which a contact product of (c) and (d) is brought into contact with (a) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (b) ;
  • ⁇ 12> an order in which a contact product of (c) and (d) is brought into contact with (b) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (a) .
  • the contact order is preferably ⁇ 1>, ⁇ 2>, ⁇ 3>, ⁇ 5>, ⁇ 11> or ⁇ 12> described above.
  • the contact order is particularly preferably ⁇ 2> or ⁇ 5>.
  • Such a contact treatment is preferably carried out under an inert gas atmosphere.
  • the treatment temperature is usually from -100 to 300°C, and preferably from -80 to 200°C.
  • the treatment time is usually from 1 minute to 200 hours, and preferably from 10 minutes to 100 hours.
  • Such a treatment may be carried out using a solvent, or these compounds may be directly brought into contact with each other without using a solvent.
  • a solvent which is inert to (a) , (b) , (c) , (d) described above and contact products thereof is used as the solvent.
  • a solvent capable of reacting with a certain compound in a certain stage can be used in another stage if the solvent does not react with each compound in another stage. That is, the solvent to be used in each step is the same or different.
  • the solvent include nonpolar solvents such as an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent and an aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent; and polar solvents such as a halide solvent, an ether-based solvent, an alcohol-based solvent, a phenol-based solvent, a
  • carbonyl-based solvent a phosphoric acid derivative, a nitrile-based solvent, a nitro compound, an amine-based solvent and a sulfur compound.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, 2, 2, 4-trimethylpentane and
  • aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • halide solvents such as dichloromethane, difluoromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, 1,2- dibromoethane, 1, 1, 2-trichloro-l, 2, 2-trifluoroethane, tetrachloroethylene, chlorobenzene, bromobenzene and o- dichlorobenzene
  • ether-based solvents such as dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl-ether, anisole, 1, -dioxane, 1,2- dimethoxyethane, bis (2-methoxyethyl ) ether, tetrahydrofuran and tetrahydropyran
  • alcohol-based solvents such as
  • cyclohexanol benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol and glycerin; phenol-based solvents such as phenol and p-cresol; carbonyl-based
  • solvents such as acetone, ethyl methyl ketone,
  • nitrile-based solvents such as acetonitrile, propionitrile, succinonitrile and benzonitrile
  • nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene
  • amine-based solvents such as pyridine, piperidine and morpholine
  • sulfur compounds such as dimethyl sulfoxide and sulfolane.
  • a solvent (si) is preferably the above aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent, aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent or ether-based solvent.
  • a solvent (s2) is preferably a polar solvent.
  • the E T N value C. Reichardt, “Solvents and Solvents Effects in Organic Chemistry", 2nd ed., VCH Verlag (1988)) or the like is known as an indicator which
  • polar solvent examples include dichloromethane, dichlorodifluoromethanechloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, 1,2- dibromoethane, 1, 1, 2-trichloro-l, 2, 2-trifluoroethane, tetrachloroethylene, chlorobenzene, bromobenzene, o- dichlorobenzene, dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl ether, anisole, 1,4-dioxane, 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, bis (2-methoxyethyl ) ether, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, methanol, ethanol, 1- propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-l- propanol, 3-methyl-l-butanol, cyclohexan
  • hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide triethyl phosphate, acetonitrile, propionitrile, succinonitrile, benzonitrile, nitromethane, nitrobenzene, ethylenediamine, pyridine, piperidine , morpholine, dimethyl sulfoxide and sulfolane.
  • the solvent (s2) is more preferably dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether, methyl-tert- butyl ether, anisole, 1,4-dioxane, 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, bis (2-methoxyethyl) ether, tetrahydrof ran, tetrahydropyran, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2- butanol, 2-methyl-l-propanol, 3-methyl-l-butanol,
  • cyclohexanol benzylalcohol
  • ethylene glycol propylene glycol
  • 2-methoxyethanol 2-ethoxyethanol
  • diethylene glycol or triethylene glycol particularly preferably di-n- butyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl ether, 1,4-dioxane,
  • tetrahydrofuran methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-l-propanol, 3-methyl-l- butanol or cyclohexanol, and most preferably tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol or 2- propanol .
  • the solvent (s2) a mixed solvent of the polar solvent and a hydrocarbyl solvent.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent and the aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent listed above are used as the hydrocarbyl solvent.
  • the mixed solvent of the polar solvent and the hydrocarbyl solvent can include a hexane/methanol mixed solvent, a hexane/ethanol mixed solvent, a hexane/l-propanol mixed solvent, a hexane/2- propanol mixed solvent, a heptane/methanol mixed solvent, a heptane/ethanol mixed solvent, a heptane/l-propanol mixed solvent, a heptane/2-propanol mixed solvent, a
  • the mixed solvent is preferably a hexane/methanol mixed solvent, a hexane/ethanol mixed solvent, a heptane/methanol mixed solvent, a heptane/ethanol mixed solvent, a heptane/ethanol mixed solvent, a
  • toluene/methanol mixed solvent a toluene/ethanol mixed solvent, a xylene/methanol mixed solvent or a
  • the mixed solvent is more preferably a hexane/methanol mixed solvent, a hexane/ethanol mixed solvent, a toluene/methanol mixed solvent or a toluene/ethanol mixed solvent.
  • the mixed solvent is most preferably a toluene/ethanol mixed solvent.
  • the content of an ethanol fraction in the toluene/ethanol mixed solvent is preferably within a range from 10 to 50% by volume, and more preferably from 15 to 30% by volume.
  • a hydrocarbyl solvent as the solvent (si) and the solvent (s2) in a method in which the contact product (f) produced by bringing (a) , (b) and (c) into contact with each other is brought into contact with (d) , namely, in the respective methods of ⁇ 1>, ⁇ 3> and ⁇ 7> described above.
  • the time is preferably from 0 to 5 hours, more preferably from 0 to 3 hours, and most preferably from 0 to 1 hour.
  • the temperature at that time is usually from -100°C to 40°C, preferably from -20°C to 20°C, and most preferably from -10°C to 10°C.
  • any of the above nonpolar solvent and the above polar solvent can be used.
  • the nonpolar solvent is preferred. The reason is considered that, since a contact product of (a) and (c) , or a contact product produced by bringing a contact product of (a) and (b) into contact with (c) commonly exhibits low solubility in a nonpolar solvent, in a case where (d) exists in a reaction system when these contact products are formed, the thus formed contact products are precipitated on a surface of (d) and are more likely to be immobilized.
  • m in Formula (1) represents the valence of 2 .
  • y in Formula (1) is preferably a number of 0.01 to 1.99, more preferably a number of 0.10 to 1.80, still more preferably a number of 0.20 to 1.50, and most preferably a number of 0.30 to 1.00.
  • Preferable range of z in Formula (1) is determined by m, y and Formula (1) .
  • Compounds (a) and (d) are each used in such an amount that the number of typical metal atoms derived from the compound (a) contained in the modified particles (I) is preferably 0.05 mmol or more, and more preferably from 0.1 to 20 mmol, expressed by the molar number of the typical metal atoms per gram of the produced modified particles (I) .
  • a heating step at a higher temperature is preferably added after the contact treatment described above.
  • a solvent having a high boiling point is preferably used so as to achieve a higher temperature.
  • the solvent used in the contacting step may be replaced by another solvent having a higher boiling point.
  • the compounds (a) , (b) , (c) and/or (d) as raw materials may remain as an unreacted product.
  • the produced modified particles (I) are preferably washed so as to remove the unreacted product from the produced modified particles (I) .
  • a solvent to be used to wash the modified particles (I) may be the same or
  • the modified particles (I) are preferably washed under an inert gas atmosphere.
  • the washing temperature is usually from -
  • washing time is usually from 1 minute to 200 hours, and preferably from 10 minutes to 100 hours. It is preferred to remove the solvent in a state where the modified particles (I) in the solvent are sedimented and amorphous or fine particles float at the upper portion of slurry, in the case of the above washing treatment, so as to obtain modified particles (I) having a uniform particle diameter and shape.
  • the solvent is preferably distilled off from the product, followed by drying the product at a temperature of 0°C or higher under reduced pressure for 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • the drying treatment is more preferably carried out at a temperature of 0°C to 200°C for 1 hour to 24 hours, still more preferably at a temperature of 10°C to 200°C for 1 hour to 24 hours, particularly preferably at a temperature of 10°C to 160°C for 2 hours to 18 hours, and most
  • modified particles (I) of the present invention can be produced.
  • a cyclic aluminoxane having a structure represented by Formula ⁇ -Al (E 1 ) -0- ⁇ c and/or a linear aluminoxane having a structure represented by Formula E 2 ⁇ -Al (E 2 ) -0- ⁇ d AlE 2 2 is/are preferably used as the aluminoxane (e) used in the
  • E 1 and E 2 each represent a hydrocarbyl group, each E 1 may be the same or different, each E 2 may be the same or different, c represents a number of 2 or more, and d represents a number of 1 or more.
  • the hydrocarbyl group in E 1 or E 2 is preferably a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group.
  • E 1 and E 2 include alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a normal propyl group, an isopropyl group, a normal butyl group, an isobutyl group, a normal pentyl group and a neopentyl group.
  • c is a number of 2 or more
  • d is a number of 1 or more.
  • E 1 and E 2 are preferably methyl groups or isobutyl groups, c is from 2 to 40, and d is from 1 to 40.
  • the above aluminoxane can be produced by various methods. There is no particular limitation on the methods, and the aluminoxane may be produced in accordance with a known method.
  • the aluminoxane can be produced by bringing a solution, prepared by dissolving trialkyl aluminum (e.g., trimethyl aluminum, etc.) in a proper organic solvent (benzene, aliphatic hydrocarbyl, etc.), into contact with water.
  • Further examples of the method include a method in which the aluminoxane is produced by bringing a metal salt containing crystal water (e.g., copper sulfate hydrate, etc.) into contact with trialkyl aluminum (e.g., trimethyl aluminum, etc.). It is a method in which the aluminoxane is produced by bringing a metal salt containing crystal water (e.g., copper sulfate hydrate, etc.) into contact with trialkyl aluminum (e.g., trimethyl aluminum, etc.).
  • the aluminoxane produced by such a method is usually a mixture of a cyclic aluminoxane and a linear aluminoxane .
  • particles (II) are particles similar to (d) used in the modified particles (I) .
  • the modified particles (II) can be produced by
  • the modified particles (II) can be produced by dispersing the particles (d) in a solvent and adding the aluminoxane (e) thereto.
  • any solvent described in the description of the method for producing the modified particles (I) can be used, and the solvent is preferably a solvent which does not react with the aluminoxane (e) , and more preferably a solvent which dissolves the aluminoxane (e) .
  • aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as toluene and xylene, or aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as hexane, heptane and octane are preferred, and toluene or xylene is more preferred.
  • the contacting temperature and contacting time used in the case of bringing the aluminoxane (e) into contact with the particles (d) can be optionally selected.
  • the temperature is usually from -100°C to 200°C, preferably from -50°C to 150°C, and still more preferably from -20°C to 120°C. Particularly in an initial stage of the reaction, these are preferably reacted at a low temperature so as to suppress heat generation.
  • the amounts of the aluminoxane (e) and the particles (d) are optional amounts.
  • the amount of the aluminoxane (e) is usually from 0.01 to 100 mmol,
  • Modified particles (III) are produced by further using the compound (A) in the preparation of the modified
  • [4] or its ⁇ - ⁇ type transition metal compound dimer is used as the compound (A) .
  • the modified particles (III) can be produced by brining the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) into contact with each other using any method. It is preferable that the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) be brought into contact with each other in a solvent. It is also possible to use, as the solvent, any solvent described above.
  • the solvent is preferably a solvent which does not react with the
  • aluminoxane (e) and the compound (A) and more preferably a solvent which dissolves the aluminoxane (e) and the compound (A) , and more preferably a solvent which dissolves the aluminoxane (e) and the
  • aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as toluene and xylene, or aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as hexane, heptane and octane are preferred, and toluene or xylene is more preferred.
  • the contacting temperature and contacting time used in the case of bringing the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) into contact with each other are optionally selected.
  • the temperature is usually from - 100°C to 200°C, preferably from -50°C to 150°C, and still more preferably from -20°C to 120°C. Particularly in an initial stage of the reaction, these are preferably reacted at a low temperature so as to suppress heat generation.
  • the amounts of the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) , which are brought into contact with each other, are optional amounts.
  • the amount of the aluminoxane (e) is usually from 0.01 to 100 mmol, preferably from 0.1 to 20 mmol, and still more preferably from 1 to 10 mmol, expressed by aluminum atoms per gram of the particles (d) .
  • the amount of the compound (A) is usually from 0.1 to 1,000 ⁇ , preferably from 1 to 500 ⁇ , and still more
  • the organoalminium compound (C) to be used in the present invention is a known organoalminium compound. It is preferably an organoalminium compound represented by Formula [8] : R 6 d IY 3 _ d [8]
  • each R 6 independetly represents a hydrocarbyl group
  • each Y independetly represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aralkyloxy group or an aryloxy group
  • d is a number satisfying 0 ⁇ d ⁇ 3.
  • R 6 in Formula [8] is preferably a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • R 6 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n-hexyl group, a 2-methylhexyl group, a n-octyl group and the like, and preferably an ethyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n-hexyl group or a n-octyl group.
  • Examples of a case where Y is a halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and preferably a chlorine atom.
  • the alkoxy group in Y is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a n-pentoxy group, a neopentoxy group, a n-hexoxy group, a n-octoxy group, a n-dodesoxy group, a n-pentadesoxy group, a n-icosoxy group and the like, and preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a tert-butoxy group.
  • the aryloxy group in Y is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, a 3-methylphenoxy group, a 4-methylphenoxy group, a 2,3- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 4-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,5- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 6-dimethylphenoxy group, a 3,4- dimethylphenoxy group, a 3, 5-dimethylphenoxy group, a
  • the aralkyloxy group in Y is preferably an aralkyloxy group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples of the aralkyloxy group include a benzyloxy group, a (2- methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3-methylphenyl)methoxy group, a (4-methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2, 4-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2, 5-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,6- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3, -dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a
  • organoalminium compound represented by Formula [8] examples include trialkyl aluminums such as trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tri-n-propyl aluminum, tri-n- butyl aluminum, triisobutyl aluminum, tri-n-hexyl aluminum and tri-n-octyl aluminum; dialkyl aluminum chlorides such as dimethyl aluminum chloride, diethyl aluminum chloride, di-n-propyl aluminum chloride, di-n-butyl aluminum chloride, diisobutyl aluminum chloride and di-n-hexyl aluminum
  • dialkyl aluminum hydrides such as dimethyl aluminum hydride, diethyl aluminum hydride, di-n-propyl aluminum hydride, di- n-butyl aluminum hydride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride and di-n-hexyl aluminum hydride; alkyl (dialkoxy) aluminums such as methyl (dimethoxy) aluminum, methyl (diethoxy) aluminum and methyl (di-tert-butoxy) aluminum; dialkyl (alkoxy)
  • aluminums such as dimethyl (methoxy) aluminum
  • alkyl (diaryloxy) aluminums such as
  • methyl (diphenoxy) aluminum methylbis (2, 6- diisopropylphenoxy) aluminum and methylbis (2, 6- diphenylphenoxy) aluminum
  • dialkyl (aryloxy) aluminums such as dimethyl (phenoxy) aluminum, dimethyl (2 , 6- diisopropylphenoxy) aluminum and dimethyl (2, 6- diphenylphenoxy) aluminum.
  • the organoalminium compound is preferably trialkyl aluminum, more preferably trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tri-n-butyl aluminum, triisobutyl aluminum, tri-n-hexyl aluminum or tri-n-octyl aluminum, and particularly preferably triisobutyl aluminum or tri-n-octyl aluminum.
  • organoalminium compounds may be used alone, or two or more kinds of them may be used in combination.
  • the catalyst for addition polymerization in the present invention is a catalyst produced by bringing the compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound or its ⁇ - ⁇ type transition metal compound dimer, the
  • An addition polymer can be produced by addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in a reactor having a coated inside wall in the presence of the catalyst for addition polymerization.
  • an electron-donating compound (D) may exist in a reactor having a coated inside wall.
  • the electron-donating compound (D) is preferably a compound containing a nitrogen atom, a
  • phosphorus atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom examples thereof include an oxygen-containing compound, a nitrogen-containing compound, a phosphorus-containing compound and a sulfur-containing compound.
  • an oxygen-containing compound or a nitrogen- containing compound is preferred.
  • the oxygen- containing compound include alkoxysilicons, ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylic acids, esters of an organic acid or inorganic acid, acid amides and acid anhydrides of an organic acid or inorganic acid and the like. Among them, alkoxysilicons or ethers are preferred.
  • the nitrogen-containing compound include amines, nitriles, isocyanates and the like, and preferably amines.
  • the alkoxysilicon is preferably an alkoxysilicon compound represented by Formula R 7 r Si (OR 8 ) 4 _ r , wherein each R 7 independently represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, or a hetero atom- containing substituent; each R 8 independently represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; r represents a number satisfying 0 ⁇ r ⁇ 4.
  • linear alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group and a pentyl group
  • branched alkyl groups such as an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group and a tert-amyl group
  • cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a
  • cyclohexyl group cycloalkenyl groups such as a
  • R 7 is a hetero atom-containing substituent
  • examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and a phosphorus atom. Examples thereof include a dimethylamino group, a
  • methylethylamino group a diethylamino group, an ethyl n- propylamino group, a di-n-propylamino group, a pyrrolyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidyl group, a perhydroindolyl group, a perhydroisoindolyl group, a perhydroquinolyl group, a perhydroisoquinolyl group, a perhydrocarbazolyl group, a perhydroacridinyl group, a furyl group, a pyranyl group, a perhydrofuryl group, a thienyl group and the like.
  • R 7 and R 8 are preferably alkyl groups, and also r is preferably a number satisfying 4 > r > 2.
  • alkoxysilicons examples include
  • ethyltrimethoxysilane normal propyltrimethoxysilane, isopropyltrimethoxysilane, normal butyltrimethoxysilane, isobutyltrimethoxysilane, sec-butyltrimethoxysilane, tert- butyltrimethoxysilane, normal pentyltrimethoxysilane, tert- amyltrimethoxysilane, dimethyldimethoxysilane,
  • cyclobutylisopropyldimethoxysilane cyclobutyl-normal- butyldimethoxysilane, cyclobutylisobutyldimethoxysilane, cyclobutyl-tert-butyldimethoxysilane,
  • cyclopentylmethyldimethoxysilane cyclopentyl-normal- propyldimethoxysilane, cyclopentylisopropyldimethoxysilane, cyclopentyl-normal-butyldimethoxysilane,
  • cyclohexylethyldimethoxysilane cyclohexyl-normal- propyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylisopropyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexyl-normal-butyldimethoxysilane,
  • cyclohexylisobutyldimethoxysilane cyclohexyl-tert- butyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylcyclopentyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylphenyldimethoxysilane, diphenyldimethoxysilane, phenylmethyldimethoxysilane, phenylethyldimethoxysilane, phenyl-normal-propyldimethoxysilane,
  • phenylisopropyldimethoxysilane phenyl-normal- butyldimethoxysilane, phenylisobutyldimethoxysilane, phenyl-tert-butyldimethoxysilane,
  • trialkylmonoalkoxysilane is preferred, and
  • trialkylmonoalkoxysilane is more preferred.
  • ethers examples include a dialkyl ether, an alkylaryl ether, a diaryl ether, a diether compound, cyclic ethers and cyclic diethers.
  • ether examples include dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, di-normal-propyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di- normal-butyl ether, diisobutyl ether, di-tert-butyl ether, dicyclohexyl ether, diphenyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, methyl-normal-propyl ether, methyl isopropyl ether, methyl- normal-butyl ether, methyl isobutyl ether, methyl-tert- butyl ether, methyl cyclohexyl ether, methylphenyl ether, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, 2, 5-dimethyltetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,2- dimethoxyethane, 1, 2-diethoxyethane, 1, 2-diisobutoxyethane,
  • the ether is preferably diethyl ether, di- normal-butyl ether, methyl-normal-butyl ether, methylphenyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane or 1,3- dioxolane, and more preferably diethyl ether, di-normal- butyl ether or tetrahydrofuran.
  • Examples of the carboxylic acid ester include mono or polyvalent carboxylic acid esters, and examples of the carboxylic acid ester include a saturated aliphatic
  • carboxylic acid ester an unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic acid ester, an alicyclic carboxylic acid ester and an aromatic carboxylic acid ester.
  • carboxylic acid ester examples include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, normal butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, phenyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, ethyl
  • phthalate di-normal-butyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, di-tert-butyl phthalate, dipentyl phthalate, di-n-hexyl phthalate, diheptyl phthalate, di-normal-octyl phthalate, di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, diisodecyl phthalate,
  • the carboxylic acid ester is preferably methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, dimethyl phthalate,
  • diethyl phthalate di-normal-butyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, dimethyl terephthalate or diethyl terephthalate, and still more preferably methyl benzoate, dimethyl
  • amines examples include trihydrocarbylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tri-normal- butylamine, triisobutylamine, trihexylamine, trioctylamine, tridodecylamine and triphenylamine . Triethylamine or trioctylamine is preferred.
  • the alkoxysilicons, the ethers or the amines are preferably used as the electron-donating compound (D) .
  • the amines are more preferably used.
  • These electron-donating compounds (D) may be used alone, or two or more kinds of them may be used in combination.
  • the catalyst for addition polymerization in the present invention is produced by bringing the compound (A) , the activating agent (B) and, optionally, the
  • the amount of the compound (A) based on the amount of the activating agent (B) is usually from 0.1 to 1, 000 jomol/g, preferably from 1 to 500 ⁇ /g, and more preferably from 10 to 300
  • the amount of the organoalminium compound (C) based on the amount of the compound (A) is usually from 0.01 to 10,000 mmol/g, preferably from 0.1 to 1,000 mmol/g, and more preferably from 0.5 to 200 mmol/g.
  • a method of bringing the compound (A) , the activating agent (B) and the organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other examples include methods of ⁇ 13> to ⁇ 15> described below: ⁇ 13> a method in which a contact product produced by bringing the above respective components into contact with each other is supplied in a polymerization vessel;
  • ⁇ 14> a method in which the above respective components are separately supplied in a polymerization vessel and these components are brought into contact with each other in the polymerization vessel;
  • ⁇ 15> a method in which the above respective components are partially brought into contact with each other to obtain a precontact product before supplying the components in a polymerization vessel, and the precontact product is brought into contact with the remaining components in the polymerization vessel.
  • the contacting method is preferably ⁇ 14> described above.
  • the compound (A) may be supplied in the
  • polymerization vessel in a powder or in a slurry state of being suspended in a solvent.
  • ⁇ 16> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the activating agent (B) is brought into contact with the organoalminium compound (C) ;
  • organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with the activating agent (B) ;
  • ⁇ 18> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the activating agent (B) into contact with the organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with the compound (A) ;
  • organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with a contact product produced by bringing the activating agent (B) into contact with the organoalminium compound (C) ;
  • organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the activating agent (B) .
  • the contact order is preferably ⁇ 16> described above.
  • the respective components may be brought into contact with each other in a solvent. It is preferred to use a solvent since an active spot can be efficiently formed.
  • the solvent may be any solvent which does not deactivate the thus formed active spot.
  • the solvent is more
  • hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane and octane; aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane; and polar solvents such as ethers, esters, and ketones.
  • aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane
  • polar solvents such as ethers, esters, and ketones.
  • a solvent which does not dissolve the formed addition polymer e.g., an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent is preferred.
  • a monomer may exist.
  • the temperature is an optional temperature.
  • the temperature is usually from -50°C to 100°C, preferably from -30°C to 80°C, and more preferably from -10°C to 60°C.
  • the contacting time is usually from continuous charging (substantially 0 minute) to 24 hours, preferably from 1 minute to 12 hours, and more preferably from 3 minutes to 10 hours.
  • the addition polymerization method of the present invention is a method comprising addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in a reactor having a coated inside wall in the presence of the catalyst for addition polymerization.
  • Examples of the addition polymerization method of the present invention include (1) a gas-phase polymerization method in which gaseous monomers are polymerized, (2) a solution polymerization method or slurry polymerization method (suspension polymerization method) in which monomers are polymerized in a solvent, and (3) a bulk polymerization method in which monomers as a liquid are polymerized.
  • the method of the present invention is particularly preferably applied to a slurry polymerization method and a gas-phase polymerization method.
  • polymerization or slurry polymerization include aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane, heptane and octane; aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene and toluene; and halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane . It is also possible to use monomers per se as the solvent.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane, heptane and octane
  • aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene and toluene
  • halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane
  • polymerization can be carried out by any of batchwise polymerization and continuous polymerization methods.
  • the main polymerization may be carried out in two or more stages under a different reaction condition.
  • the polymerization time of the addition polymerization is generally determined according to the kind of the objective addition polymer and the polymerization reactor to be used, and is usually from 1 minute to 20 hours.
  • the solution polymerization or slurry polymerization can be carried out in accordance with known methods and conditions.
  • the method is preferably a method in which monomers, a solvent and other materials to be supplied are optionally continuously or intermittently supplied to a polymerization reactor, and the formed addition polymer is continuously or intermittently extracted from the
  • polymerization reactor It is possible to use, as the polymerization reactor, a loop reactor or a reactor
  • the solvent, the polymerization temperature and the polymerization pressure are respectively selected so that it be possible to maintain the catalyst for addition
  • the polymerization temperature is usually from about -50 °C to about 150°C.
  • the polymerization pressure is usually from about 0.001 MPa to about 10 MPa.
  • the catalyst for addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst, and monomers can be supplied to a polymerization reactor in an optional order by a known method. Examples of the method of
  • supplying them to the polymerization reactor include (1) a method in which the catalyst for addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst, and monomers are simultaneously supplied, and (2) a method in which the catalyst for addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst, and monomers are successively supplied.
  • a reactor for gas-phase polymerization is a fluidized bed type
  • reaction vessel having a coated inside wall.
  • the fluidized bed type reaction vessel is a fluidized bed type reaction vessel having an enlarged portion.
  • the reactor may have a stirring blade in the reaction vessel.
  • addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst in the gas-phase polymerization is supplied to a polymerization vessel include a method in which the catalyst or the components is supplied in a state free from moisture usually together with an inert gas such as
  • addition polymerization may be individually supplied, or may be supplied after bringing any two or more of the components into contact with each other in an optional order in advance.
  • polymerization temperature in the gas-phase polymerization as long as polymerization temperature is lower than the melting temperature of an addition polymer to be produced, and the polymerization temperature is preferably from 0°C to 150°C, and particularly preferably from 30°C to 100°C.
  • hydrogen may be added as a molecular weight modifier.
  • An inert gas may be allowed to coexist in a gas when gaseous monomers are polymerized.
  • a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization can be produced by addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in a reactor having a coated inside wall in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization.
  • Addition polymerization of monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization, which is carried out so as to obtain a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be sometimes referred to as
  • the prepolymerization method which is carried out in the reactor having a coated inside wall
  • the prepolymerization method is preferably solution
  • prepolymerization is carried out in the presence of a solvent, and the like.
  • an electron-donating compound (D) may exist in the reactor having a coated inside wall. It is possible to use, as the electron-donating compound (D) , compounds exemplified as the electron-donating compound (D) which can be used to produce an addition polymer.
  • the prepolymerization method can be carried out by any of batchwise polymerization and continuous polymerization methods. Furthermore, the polymerization may be carried out in two or more stages under a different reaction
  • the polymerization time is
  • the prepolymerization temperature is usually from -50°C to 100°C, preferably from -30°C to 80°C, and more preferably from -10°C to 60°C. The temperature may be changed on the way.
  • the prepolymerization pressure is usually from 0.001 MPa to 5 Pa, and preferably from 0.01 MPa to 2 MPa.
  • the produced prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used directly in the main
  • prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used in the main polymerization in a state of a solution or a slurry solution.
  • the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used in the main polymerization in a state of a solid after subjecting to treatments such as removal of a monomer, distillation of a solvent, filtration, washing, drying and the like.
  • the prepolymerization is carried out so that the amount of a polymer produced by prepolymerization (also referred to as prepolymerization degree) usually becomes 0.1 to 1,000 g, preferably 0.5 to 500 g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 g, per 1 g of the activating agent (B) .
  • prepolymerization degree usually becomes 0.1 to 1,000 g, preferably 0.5 to 500 g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 g, per 1 g of the activating agent (B) .
  • prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used as the catalyst for addition polymerization as it is or after bringing the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization into contact with an organoalminium compound. From the viewpoint of superior polymerization activity, the latter is preferred.
  • organoalminium compounds From the viewpoint of superior polymerization activity, the latter is preferred.
  • the organoalminium compound (C) are used as the organoalminium compound in the latter case.
  • the amount thereof used is usually from 1 to 10,000 mol/mol, preferably from 10 to 5,000 mol/mol, and more preferably from 30 to 1,000 mmol/g, based on the compound (A) .
  • the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization and the organoalminium compound (C) can be supplied in a polymerization reactor in an optional order. Alternatively, they may be supplied in the polymerization reactor after they are brought into contact with each other in advance.
  • the prepolymerization needs to be carried out in a reactor having a coated inside wall, however, the main
  • polymerization may or may not be carried out in the reactor having a coated inside wall.
  • organoalminium compound (C) to a reactor for preparation of a catalyst or a polymerization reactor for main
  • Examples of the method include a method in which a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization and an organoalminium compound (C) are supplied in a solid state; a method in which a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization and an organoalminium compound (C) are supplied in a state of a solution, a suspension or a slurry, in a hydrocarbyl solvent from which a component for deactivating a catalyst component, such as moisture or oxygen, has been sufficiently removed; and the like.
  • hydrocarbyl solvent in this method can include aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane, heptane and octane; aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene and toluene; and halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane .
  • aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent or an aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent is preferred, and an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent is more preferred.
  • a polymerization method in the main polymerization there is no particular limitation on a polymerization method in the main polymerization.
  • the method can include (1) a gas-phase polymerization method in which gaseous monomers are polymerized, (2) a solution
  • the main polymerization can be carried out by any of batchwise polymerization and continuous polymerization manners.
  • the main polymerization may be carried out in two or more stages under a different reaction condition.
  • polymerization time of the main polymerization is generally determined according to the kind of the objective addition polymer and the polymerization reactor to be used, and is usually from 1 minute to 20 hours.
  • polymerization of the present invention is particularly preferably applied to the polymerization in which an addition polymer is produced in the form of particles in the main polymerization, like slurry polymerization, gas- phase polymerization and bulk polymerization.
  • the solution polymerization or slurry polymerization can be carried out in accordance with the above methods and conditions.
  • the gas-phase polymerization can be carried out in accordance with known methods and conditions.
  • the reactor for gas-phase polymerization is a fluidized bed type reaction vessel, and preferably a fluidized bed type reaction vessel having an enlarged portion.
  • the reactor may have a stirring blade in a reaction vessel.
  • Examples of a method in which the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization is supplied to a polymerization vessel include a method in which the
  • catalyst is supplied in a state free from moisture usually together with an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, hydrogen or ethylene; or a method in which the catalyst is supplied in a state of a solution prepared by dissolving the catalyst in a solvent or in a state of a slurry prepared by diluting the catalyst with the solvent.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, hydrogen or ethylene
  • polymerization temperature of gas-phase polymerization as long as the polymerization temperature is lower than the melting temperature of an addition polymer to be produced, and the polymerization temperature is preferably from 0°C to 150°C, and particularly preferably from 30°C to 100°C.
  • hydrogen may be added as a molecular weight modifier.
  • An inert gas may be allowed to coexist in a gas when gaseous monomers are polymerized.
  • the method for producing an addition polymer of the present invention is a method comprising addition
  • Examples of the monomer in the method for producing an addition polymer of the present invention can include an olefin, a diolefin, a cyclic olefin, an alkenylaromatic hydrocarbyl and a polar monomer, each having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and two or more kinds of monomers can also be
  • Examples of the monomer include olefins such as
  • 1-nonene, 1-decene and vinylcyclohexane diolefins such as 1, 5-hexadiene, 1, 4-hexadiene, 1, 4-pentadiene, 1, 7-octadiene, 1, 8-nonadiene, 1, 9-decadiene, 4-methyl-l, 4-hexadiene, 5- methyl-1, -hexadiene, 7-methyl-l, 6-octadiene, 5-ethylidene-
  • alkenylbenzenes e.g., 2-phenylpropylene, 2-phenylbutene, and 3-phenylpropylene
  • alkylstyrenes e.g., p- methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, o-methylstyrene, p- ethylstyrene, m-ethylstyrene, o-ethylstyrene, a- methylstyrene, 2, -dimethylstyrene, 2, 5-dimethylstyrene, 3, 4-dimethylstyrene, 3, 5-dimethylstyrene, 3-methyl-5- ethylstyrene, 1, 1-diphenylethylene, p-tertiary butylstyrene, and p-secondary butylstyrene), bisalkenylbenzenes (e.g., divinylbenz
  • bicyclo (2, 2, 1) -5-heptene-2, 3-dicarboxylic acid metal salts of metals such as sodium, potassium, lithium, zinc, magnesium and calcium of the a, ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid; and a, ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid esters (e.g., methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate,
  • unsaturated dicarboxylic acids e.g., maleic acid and
  • the present invention is applied to homopolymerization or copolymerization of these monomers.
  • Examples of the combination of monomers to be used for copolymerization include ethylene and propylene, ethylene and 1-butene, ethylene and 1-hexene, ethylene and 1-octene, and propylene and 1-butene.
  • Ethylene and a-olefin are preferred as the monomer to be used.
  • the monomer to be used in prepolymerization of the present invention is preferably ethylene, propylene, 1- butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, 1-nonene, 1-decene, 4-methyl-l-pentene or vinylcyclohexane .
  • two or more kinds of olefins can also be simultaneously used.
  • the addition polymer produced in the present invention is particularly preferably a copolymer of ethylene and a- olefin.
  • a copolymer of ethylene and a-olefin having a polyethylene crystal structure is preferred.
  • the ⁇ -olefin is preferably ⁇ -olefin having 3 to 8 carbon atoms and examples of the ⁇ -olefin include 1-butene, 1-hexene and 1-octene . Examples
  • MFR is a melt flow rate (unit: g/10 minutes) measured at 190°C under a load of 21.18 N (2.16 kg) in accordance with the method defined in JIS K7210-1995.
  • Swell ratio SR: A value which is obtained by dividing a strand diameter obtained at the time of the measurement of MFR by an inner diameter (2.095 mm) of a die.
  • Melt flow rate ratio MFRR: A value which is obtained by dividing a melt flow rate (MFR) measured at 190°C under a load of 211.82 N (21.60 kg) by a melt flow rate measured under a load of 21.18 N (2.16 kg) in accordance with the method defined in JIS K7210-1995.
  • modified particles (B) in the present specification were produced.
  • the content of Zn was 11% by weight and the content of F was 6.4% by weight in the modified particles (B) .
  • the autoclave having a coated inside wall was dried under reduced pressure and then air in the autoclave was replaced by nitrogen.
  • 480 g of butane and 203 mg (379 ⁇ ) of ethylenebis (indenyl) zirconium diphenoxide (A) were added into the autoclave.
  • the mixture was cooled to 30°C.
  • 1 g of ethylene was added and 7.0 g of the modified particles (B) produced in (1) described above was added.
  • prepolymerization was initiated. First, prepolymerization was carried out at 30°C for 30 minutes while supplying ethylene at a rate of 0.13 g/minute. Then, the supplying gas was changed to an ethylene/hydrogen mixed gas
  • polymerization degree per modified particles (B) was 18.9 g/g.
  • the polymer was not attached to the inside wall of the autoclave.
  • Example 1(1) In the same manner as in Example 1(1), except that 200 ml of a solution of POVAL (KURARAY CO., LTD., brand name: LM-25), the concentration of which was adjusted to 1 mg/ml, in ethanol was applied, a reactor having an inside wall coated with POVAL was obtained. The amount of POVAL based on the inside wall area of the reactor was 1.9 g/m 2 .
  • a solution of POVAL KURARAY CO., LTD., brand name: LM-25
  • Example 1(3) In the same manner as in Example 1(3), except that 173 mg (324 ⁇ ) of ethylenebis (indenyl) zirconium diphenoxide (A) and 7.0 g of the modified particles (B) produced in Example 1(2) described above were added, and that the autoclave having a coated inside wall produced in Example 2(1) described above was used, prepolymerization was carried out.
  • the amount of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization obtained was 129.7 g, and
  • polymerization degree per modified particles (B) was 18.6 g/g.
  • the polymer was not attached to the inside wall of the autoclave.
  • Example 2(2) 384.1 mg of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced in Example 2(2) described above was supplied. Ethylene and butene-1 were polymerized at 70°C for 3 hours while feeding an ethylene/hydrogen mixed gas (hydrogen: 0.301 mol%) so as to maintain the total pressure at a given value. As a result, 105 g of an olefin polymer was obtained. Polymerization activity per modified particles (B) was 5,100 g/g. The obtained olefin polymer exhibited an MFR of 1.86 and an SR of 1.42.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Transition And Organic Metals Composition Catalysts For Addition Polymerization (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Application Of Or Painting With Fluid Materials (AREA)
  • Physical Or Chemical Processes And Apparatus (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

There is provided a method comprising coating an inside wall of a reactor with a random copolymer represented by Formula [1], Jm-r-Kn [1] wherein J is a repeating unit represented by Formula [2]; and K is a repeating unit represented by Formula [3]; m represents the number of J in random copolymer being from 10 to 3000; n represents the number of K in random copolymer being from 10 to 3000; r represents random, wherein Q in Formula [2] represents R1C(=O)O-, R1S(=O)2O-, (OH)2P(=O)O-or (OH)(OR1)P(=O)O-; R in Formula [3] represents HO- or R1O-; R1 represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

Description

DESCRIPTION METHOD FOR COATING REACTOR
Technical Field
The present application claims the Paris Convention priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2010- 253569 filed on November 12, 2010, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
The present invention relates to a method for coating a reactor, a reactor having a coated inside wall, an addition polymerization method, a prepolymerization method, a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization, and a method for producing an addition polymer using the same.
Background Art
In a case where a chemical reaction is carried out in a reactor, there may sometimes occur a fouling phenomenon in which a reaction product adheres to a wall surface of the reactor. When fouling occurs, it becomes difficult to remove heat from the wall surface of the reactor.
Therefore, it becomes difficult to control a reaction temperature and, in the worst case, a runaway reaction may sometimes occur. When fouling occurs, it becomes difficult to remove fouling while continuing a reaction in the reactor. Therefore, it is necessary to open and clean the reactor and thus a decrease in productivity may sometimes occur.
Fouling becomes a particularly significant problem in a polymerization reaction. The method of Patent Document 1 is known as a method of suppressing fouling in the
polymerization reaction. It is necessary for the
technology described in Patent Document 1 to add a specific compound for suppressing fouling in a reaction system, and the compound is also mixed in the reaction product.
Therefore, the technology was not satisfactory from the viewpoint of quality of the reaction product.
Prior Art Document
Patent Document
Patent Document 1: JP-A-2005-89583
Summary of the Invention
Problems to be Solved by the Invention
An object of the present invention is to provide a reactor which can suppress fouling in a reactor even if a chemical reaction is carried out in the reactor, and an addition polymerization method which can produce an
addition polymer while suppressing fouling. Means for Solving the Problems
A first aspect of the present invention is directed to a method comprising coating an inside wall of a reactor with a random copolymer represented by Formula [1] :
Jm-r-Kn [1]
wherein J is a repeating unit represented by Formula [2]; K is a repeating unit represented by Formula [3] ; m
represents the number of J in the random copolymer being from 10 to 3000; n represents the number of K in the random copolymer being from 10 to 3000; and r represents random,
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein Q in Formula [2] represents F^C^OJO-, RXS (=0) 20-, (OH)2P(=0)0-, (OH) (OR1) P (=0) 0- or (OR1) 2P (=0) 0-; R in
Formula [3] represents HO- or R10-; and R1 represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
A second aspect of the present invention is directed to a reactor having a coated inside wall produced by the above method. A third aspect of the present invention is directed to a method comprising addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization in the above reactor having a coated inside wall.
A fourth aspect of the present invention is directed to a method for producing a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization, wherein the method comprises addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition
polymerizing in a slurry in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization in the above reactor having a coated inside wall.
A fifth aspect of the present invention is directed to a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced by the above method.
A sixth aspect of the present invention is directed to a method for producing an addition polymer, wherein the method comprises addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of the above
prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization.
Effects of the Invention
According to the method of the present invention, is possible to suppress fouling in a reactor when a
chemical reaction is carried out in the reactor. Particularly, it becomes possible to prevent deterioration of heat transfer efficiency of a polymerization reactor due to fouling even if a polymerization reaction is
continuously carried out in the reactor, and thus an operation can be continuously carried out while maintaining stable polymerization.
Furthermore, the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced by a slurry prepolymerization method in the reactor having a coated inside wall of the present invention can give an addition polymer with
extremely high polymerization activity in a main
polymerization which is subsequently carried out after polymerization . Mode for Carrying Out the Invention
The present invention will be described in detail below .
Compound for Coating
A compound to be used for coating an inside wall of a reactor in the present invention is a random copolymer represented by Formula [1] :
Jm-r-Kn [1]
wherein J is a repeating unit represented by Formula [2]; K is a repeating unit represented by Formula [3]; m
represents the number of J in the random copolymer being from 10 to 3,000; n represents the number of K in the random copolymer being from 10 to 3,000; and r represents random,
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein Q in Formula [2] represents R^iOJO-, R1S(=0)20-, (OH)2P(=0)0-, (OH) (OR1) P (=0) 0- or (OR1) 2P (=0) 0-; R in
Formula [3] represents HO- or R10-; and R1 represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R1 in Formulas [2] and [3] is a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and the like.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atom as a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as, a
substituent and the like.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, an isopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n-heptyl group, a n-octyl group, a n-nonyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-undecyl group, a n-dodecyl group, a n-tridecyl group, a n-tetradecyl group, a n-pentadecyl group, a n-hexadecyl group, a n-heptadecyl group, a n-octadecyl group, a n- nonadecyl group, a n-eicosyl group and the like.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which is substituted with a halogen atom include a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a
trifluoromethyl group, a chloromethyl group, a
dichloromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, a
bromomethyl group, a dibromomethyl group, a tribromomethyl group, an iodomethyl group, a diiodomethyl group, a
triiodomethyl group, a fluoroethyl group, a difluoroethyl group, a trifluoroethyl group, a tetrafluoroethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a chloroethyl group, a
dichloroethyl group, a trichloroethyl group, a
tetrachloroethyl group, a pentachloroethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a dibromoethyl group, a tribromoethyl group, a tetrabromoethyl group, a pentabromoethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a
perfluoropentyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, a
perfluorooctyl group, a perfluorododecyl group, a
perfluoropentadecyl group, a perfluoroeicosyl group, a perchloropropyl group, a perchlorobutyl group, a
perchloropentyl group, a perchlorohexyl group, a
perchlorooctyl group, a perchlorododecyl group, a
perchloropentadecyl group, a perchloroeicosyl group, a perbromopropyl group, a perbromobutyl group, a
perbromopentyl group, a perbromohexyl group, a
perbromooctyl group, a perbromododecyl group, a
perbromopentadecyl group, a perbromoeicosyl group and the like .
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent include a trimethylsilylmethyl group, a trimethylsilylethyl group, a trimethylsilylpropyl group, a trimethylsilylbutyl group, a bis (trimethylsilyl) methyl group, a
bis (trimethylsilyl) ethyl group, a bis (trimethylsilyl) propyl group, a bis (trimethylsilyl) butyl group, a
triphenylsilylmethyl group and the like.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent include a dimethylaminomethyl group, a dimethylaminoethyl group, a dimethylaminopropyl group, a dimethylaminobutyl group, a bis (dimethylamino) methyl group, a
bis (dimethylamino) ethyl group, a bis (dimethylamino) propyl group, a bis (dimethylamino) butyl group, a phenylaminomethyl group, a diphenylaminomethyl group and the like.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as a substituent include a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a n- propoxymethyl group, an isopropoxymethyl group, a n- butoxymethyl group, a sec-butoxymethyl group, a tert- butoxymethyl group, a phenoxymethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a n-propoxyethyl group, an isopropoxyethyl group, a n-butoxyethyl group, a sec- butoxyethyl group, a tert-butoxyethyl group, a phenoxyethyl group, a methoxy-n-propyl group, an ethoxy-n-propyl group, a n-propoxy-n-propyl group, an isopropoxy-n-propyl group, a n-butoxy-n-propyl group, a sec-butoxy-n-propyl group, a tert-butoxy-n-propyl group, a phenoxy-n-propyl group, a methoxyisopropyl group, an ethoxyisopropyl group, a n- propoxyisopropyl group, an isopropoxyisopropyl group, a n- butoxyisopropyl group, a sec-butoxyisopropyl group, a tert- butoxyisopropyl group, a phenoxyisopropyl group and the like .
Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atoms as a substituent and the like.
Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms include a benzyl group, a (2-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (3-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (4- methylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 3-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,5- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 6-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (4,6- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl ) methyl group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4,5- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4,6- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (pentamethylphenyl) methyl group, an (ethylphenyl) methyl group, a (n- propylphenyl) methyl group, an (isopropylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-butylphenyl) methyl group, a (sec-butylphenyl) methyl group, a (tert-butylphenyl) methyl group, a (n- pentylphenyl) methyl group, a (neopentylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-hexylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-octylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-decylphenyl) methyl group, a (n- decylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-tetradecylphenyl) methyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, an anthracenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a phenylbutyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a diphenylethyl group, a diphenylpropyl group, a diphenylbutyl group and the like.
Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atoms as a substituent include a 2-fluorobenzyl group, a 3-fluorobenzyl group, a 4- fluorobenzyl group, a 2-chlorobenzyl group, a 3- chlorobenzyl group, a 4-chlorobenzyl group, a 2-bromobenzyl group, a 3-bromobenzyl group, a 4-bromobenzyl group, a 2- iodobenzyl group, a 3-iodobenzyl group, a 4-iodobenzyl group and the like.
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atom as a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as a substituent and the like .
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2-tolyl group, a 3-tolyl group, a 4-tolyl group, a 2,3-xylyl group, a 2,4-xylyl group, a 2,5- xylyl group, a 2,6-xylyl group, a 3,4-xylyl group, a 3,5- xylyl group, a 2, 3, 4-trimethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5- trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 6-trimethylphenyl group, a
2 , 4 , 6-trimethylphenyl group, a 3, 4, 5-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 4, 5-tetramethylphenyl group, a 2,3,4,6- tetramethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetramethylphenyl group, a pentamethylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a
diethylphenyl group, a triethylphenyl group, a n- propylphenyl group, an isopropylphenyl group, a n- butylphenyl group, a sec-butylphenyl group, a tert- butylphenyl group, a n-pentylphenyl group, a
neopentylphenyl group, a n-hexylphenyl group, a n- octylphenyl group, a n-decylphenyl group, a n-dodecylphenyl group, a n-tetradecylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group and the like.
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a halogen atom as a substituent include a 2- fluorophenyl group, a 3-fluorophenyl group, a 4- fluorophenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 3- chlorophenyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group, a 2-bromophenyl group, a 3-bromophenyl group, a 4-bromophenyl group, a 2- iodophenyl group, a 3-iodophenyl group, a 4-iodophenyl group and the like.
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted silyl group as a substituent include a trimethylsilylphenyl group, a
bis (trimethylsilyl) phenyl group and the like.
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a substituted amino group as a substituent include a dimethylaminophenyl group, a
bis (dimethylamino) phenyl group, a diphenylaminophenyl group and the like.
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which has a hydrocarbyloxy group as a substituent include a methoxyphenyl group, an ethoxyphenyl group, a n- propoxyphenyl group, an isopropoxyphenyl group, a n- butoxyphenyl group, a sec-butoxyphenyl group, a tert- butoxyphenyl group, a phenoxyphenyl group and the like.
R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group or an isopropyl group.
Q in Formula [2] is preferably ^01=0)0-, more preferably an acetate group, a propionate group, a butyrate group or a pentylate group, and most preferably an acetate group .
R in Formula [3] is preferably a hydroxy group.
m represents the number of 10 to 3,000, preferably the number of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably the number of 100 to 500.
n represents the number of 10 to 3,000, preferably the number of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably the number of 100 to 500.
Examples of the random copolymer represented by
Formula [1] include a vinyl alcohol-vinyl acetate random copolymer, a methoxyvinyl-vinyl acetate random copolymer and an ethoxyvinyl-vinyl acetate random copolymer.
Coating Method
It is possible to employ, as the coating method of the present invention, a method in which a coating liquid which is a liquid containing a coating compound and a solvent is attached to an inside wall of a reactor to form a layer made of the coating liquid, and the solvent is removed from the layer; or a method in which a coating liquid is applied onto a plate prepared separately to form a layer made of the coating liquid and a solvent is removed from the layer to form a film in advance, and then the film is attached to an inside wall of a reactor. A method of attaching a coating liquid to an inside wall of a reactor is preferably, for example, a method in which a coating liquid atomized by a spray gun is sprayed over an inside wall of a reactor (spray coating) ; a method in which a coating liquid, with which a brush, a roller, a bleached cotton cloth or the like is impregnated, is
applied onto an inside wall of a reactor; a method in which a reactor is filled with a coating liquid and, after the lapse of a prescribed time, the coating liquid is
extracted; or a method in which a coating liquid is spread over an inside wall of a reactor using a pipette, a syringe, a dropping pipette or the like.
The coating liquid is a liquid composition containing the coating compound and a solvent. Herein, examples of the solvent include nonpolar solvents such as water, an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent and an aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent; and polar solvents such as a halide solvent, an ether-based solvent, an alcohol-based solvent, a phenol- based solvent, a carbonyl-based solvent, a phosphoric acid derivative, a nitrile-based solvent, a nitro compound, an amine-based solvent and a sulfur compound. The solvent is preferably water or an alcohol-based solvent, and
particularly preferably an alcohol-based solvent. The concentration of the coating compound in the coating liquid is usually from 0.01% by weight to 10% by weight, and preferably from 0.05% by weight to 1% by weight.
The solvent can be usually vaporized and removed from a layer made of the coating liquid by maintaining the layer at a temperature within a range from room temperature to 200°C for 10 minutes to 20 hours. It is preferred that the solvent is removed by drying under reduced pressure or sweeping the solvent with an inert gas such as nitrogen while optionally heating the layer made of the coating liquid so that the solvent may not remain in the layer.
The thickness of the layer made of the coating
compound, with which an inside wall of a reactor is coated, is usually 5 mm or less, and preferably 1 mm or less.
The amount of the coating compound based on an area of an inside wall of a reactor is preferably from 0.01 to 50 g/m2, and more preferably from 0.1 to 5 g/m2.
The reactor having a coated inside wall of the present invention can be used in various chemical reactions, and is preferably used for addition polymerization. That is, a method, in which monomers capable of addition polymerizing are addition polymerized in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization in a reactor having a coated inside wall, is preferred.
The catalyst for addition polymerization is produced by bringing a compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimmer, an activating agent (B) and, optionally, an organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other.
Compound (A) selected from Transition Metal Compound or its μ-Οχο Type Transition Metal Compound Dimer
There is no particular limitation on the compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimer used the present invention as long as it is a transition metal compound which exhibits addition polymerization activity by using in combination with the activating agent (B) , and optionally using in combination with the organoalminium compound (C) . Usually, a transition metal compound such as a metallocene complex is used.
Examples of the transition metal compound (A) include a transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] described below or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimer:
L1 aM1X1 [4]
wherein M1 is a transition metal atom of Group 4; L1 is a group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton or containing a hetero atom; X1 is a halogen atom, a
hydrocarbyloxy group, or a hydrocarbyl group other than groups having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton; a is a number satisfying 0 < a ≤ 3; b is a number satisfying 0 < b < 3; when there are more than one L1, one L1 may be linked to another L1 either directly or by a group
containing a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.
M1 in Formula [4] is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, and more preferably a zirconium atom.
Examples of the group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton of L1 in Formula [4] include an optionally substituted cyclopentadienyl group, an optionally
substituted indenyl group and an optionally substituted fluorenyl group. Examples of L1 include a cyclopentadienyl group, a methylcyclopentadienyl group, an
ethylcyclopentadienyl group, a n-butylcyclopentadienyl group, a tert-butylcyclopentadienyl group, a 1,2- dimethylcyclopentadienyl group, a 1,3- dimethylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-2- ethylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-3- ethylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-tert-butyl-2- methylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-tert-butyl-3- methylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-2- isopropylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-3- isopropylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-2-n- butylcyclopentadienyl group, a l-methyl-3-n- butylcyclopentadienyl group, a η5 -1,2,3- trimethylcyclopentadienyl group, a η5 -1,2,4- trimethylcyclopentadienyl group, a tetramethylcyclopentadienyl group, a
pentamethylcyclopentadienyl group, an indenyl group, a
, 5, 6, 7-tetrahydroindenyl group, a 2-methylindenyl group, a 3-methylindenyl group, a 4-methylindenyl group, a 5- methylindenyl group, a 6-methylindenyl group, a 7- methylindenyl group, a 2-tert-butylindenyl group, a 3-tert- butylindenyl group, a 4-tert-butylindenyl group, a 5-tert- butylindenyl group, a 6-tert-butylindenyl group, a 7-tert- butylindenyl group, a 2, 3-dimethylindenyl group, a 4,7- dimethylindenyl group, a 2 , 4 , 7-trimethylindenyl group, a 2- methyl-4-isopropylindenyl group, a 4 , 5-benzindenyl group, a 2-methyl-4 , 5-benzindenyl group, a 4-phenylindenyl group, a 2-methyl-5-phenylindenyl group, a 2-methyl-4-phenylindenyl group, a 2-methyl-4-naphthylindenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a 2 , 7-dimethylfluorenyl group and a 2,7-di-tert- butylfluorenyl group.
There is no particular limitation on hapticity η of the ligand contained in the group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton used in L1 in Formula [4], and the hapticity η of the ligand may be any value which is
available in the group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton. Examples of the hapticity of the ligand include five, four, three, two and one. The hapticity of the ligand is preferably five, three or one, and more preferably five or three. Examples of the hetero atom in the group containing a hetero atom of L1 in Formula [4] include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and a phosphorus atom, and the group is preferably an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a thioalkoxy group, a thioaryloxy group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, an alkylphosphino group, an
arylphosphino group, an chelating ligand, or an aromatic heterocyclic group or aliphatic heterocyclic group
containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an nitrogen atom and/or a phosphorus atom in its ring.
Examples of the group containing a hetero atom of L1 in Formula [4] include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a phenoxy group, a 2- methylphenoxy group, 2 , 6-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,4,6- trimethylphenoxy group, a 2-ethylphenoxy group, a 4-n- propylphenoxy group, a 2-isopropylphenoxy group, a 2,6- diisopropylphenoxy group, a 4-sec-butylphenoxy group, a 4- tert-butylphenoxy group, a 2, 6-di-sec-butylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenoxy group, a 2,6-di-tert- butylphenoxy group, a 4-methoxyphenoxy group, a 2,6- dimethoxyphenoxy group, a 3, 5-dimethoxyphenoxy group, a 2- chlorophenoxy group, a 4-nitrosophenoxy group, a 4- nitrophenoxy group, a 2-aminophenoxy group, a 3- aminophenoxy group, a 4-aminothiophenoxy group, a 2,3,6- trichlorophenoxy group, a 2 , 4 , 6-trifluorophenoxy group, a thiomethoxy group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dipropylamino group, a diphenylamino group, an isopropylamino group, a tert-butylamino group, a pyrrolyl group, a dimethylphosphino group, a 2-(2-oxy-l- propyl) phenoxy group, catechol, resorcinol, 4- isopropylcatechol, 3-methoxycatechol, a 1,8- dihydroxynaphthyl group, a 1, 2-dihydroxynaphthyl group, a 2, 2' -biphenyldiol group, a 1, 1' -bi-2-naphthol group, a 2, 2' -dihydroxy-6, 6' -dimethylbiphenyl group, a 4, 4', 6,6'- tetra-tert-butyl-2 , 2' -methylenediphenoxy group and a
4, 4' , 6, 6' -tetramethyl-2 , 2' -isobutylidenediphenoxy group.
Examples of the group containing a hetero atom also include a group represented by Formula [8] :
R 3P=N- [8]
wherein R4 group each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group, or any two of R4 groups are linked to one another to form a
hydrocarbylene group.
Examples of R4 group in Formula [8] include a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a
cycloheptyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, a 1- naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group and a benzyl group. Examples of the group containing a hetero atom can also include a group represented by Formula [9] :
[Chemical Formula 1]
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein R5 group each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbyl group, a halogenated hydrocarbyl group, a hydrocarbyloxy group, a silyl group or an amino group, or any two or more of R5 groups are linked to one another to form a ring structure.
Examples of R5 group in Formula [9] include a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2- naphthyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2 , 6-dimethylphenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 2-methylphenyl group, a 4- trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a 4- pyridyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-isopropylphenyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a diphenylmethylsilyl group, a 1-methyl-l- phenylethyl group, a 1, 1-dimethylpropyl group, a 2- chlorophenyl group and a pentafluorophenyl group. The chelating ligand of L1 in Formula [4] means a ligand having a plurality of coordination sites, and examples of the ligand include acetylacetonate, diimine, oxazoline, bisoxazoline, terpyridine, acylhydrazone, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, porphyrin, crown ether and cryptate.
Examples of the heterocyclic group of L1 in Formula [4] can include a pyridyl group, an N-substituted
imidazolyl group and an N-substituted indazolyl group.
Among them, a pyridyl group is preferred.
When a plurality of L1 in Formula [4] are linked to each other by a residue containing a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom (that is, when groups having a
cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton are linked to each other by its residue, when groups containing a hetero atom are linked to each other by its residue, or when a group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton and a group containing a hetero atom are linked to each other by its residue) , its residue is preferably a divalent residue in which the atom linked to L1 is a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom, and the number of atoms linking two L1 is 3 or less. Examples of its residue include alkylene groups such as a methylene group, an ethylene group and a propylene group; substituted alkylene groups such as a dimethylmethylene group (an isopropylidene group) and a diphenylmethylene group; substituted silylene groups such as a silylene group, a dimethylsilylene group, a
diethylsilylene group, a diphenylsilylene group, a
tetramethyldisilylene group and a dimethoxysilylene group; and hetero atoms such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a phosphorus atom. Among them, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a dimethylmethylene group
(isopropylidene group) , a diphenylmethylene group, a dimethylsilylene group, a diethylsilylene group, a
diphenylsilylene group or a dimethoxysilylene group is particularly preferred.
Examples of the halogen atom of X1 in Formula [4] include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Examples of the hydrocarbyl group of X1 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and an alkenyl group. Among them, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is particularly preferred .
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, an amyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-dodecyl group, a n- pentadecyl group and a n-eicosyl group. Among them, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert- butyl group, an isobutyl group or an amyl group is more preferred. Any of these alkyl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. Examples of the alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom include a fluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a chloromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, a fluoroethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a
perfluorobutyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, a
perfluorooctyl group, a perchloropropyl group, a
perchlorobutyl group and a perbromopropyl group. The hydrogen atom contained in these alkyl groups may be substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms can include a benzyl group, a (2-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (3-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (4- methylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 3-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2 , 4-dimethylphenyl ) methyl group, a (2,5- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 6-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,5- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4,5- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4,6- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (pentamethylphenyl) methyl group, an (ethylphenyl) methyl group, a (n- propylphenyl) methyl group, an (isopropylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-butylphenyl ) methyl group, a (sec-butylphenyl) methyl group, a (tert-butylphenyl) methyl group, a (n- pentylphenyl) methyl group, a (neopentylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-hexylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-octylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-decylphenyl ) methyl group, a (n- dodecylphenyl) methyl group, a naphthylmethyl group and an anthracenylmethyl group, and more preferably a benzyl group. The hydrogen atom contained in these aralkyl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an
aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2-tolyl group, a 3-tolyl group, a 4-tolyl group, a 2,3-xylyl group, a 2,4-xylyl group, a 2,5- xylyl group, a 2,6-xylyl group, a 3,4-xylyl group, a 3,5- xylyl group, a 2, 3, 4-trimethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5- trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 6-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 4, 6-trimethylphenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 4, 5-tetramethylphenyl group, a 2,3,4,6- tetramethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetramethylphenyl group, a pentamethylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a n- propylphenyl group, an isopropylphenyl group, a n- butylphenyl group, a sec-butylphenyl group, a tert- butylphenyl group, a n-pentylphenyl group, a
neopentylphenyl group, a n-hexylphenyl group, a n- octylphenyl group, a n-decylphenyl group, a n-dodecylphenyl group, a n-tetradecylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The hydrogen atom contained in these aryl groups may be
substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
Examples of the alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include an allyl group, a metally1 group, a crotyl group and a 1, 3-diphenyl-2-propenyl group, and preferably an allyl group or a metallyl group.
Examples of the hydrocarbyloxy group of X1 in Formula [1] include an alkoxy group, an aralkyloxy group and an aryloxy group, and preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyloxy group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a n-pentoxy group, a neopentoxy group, a n-hexoxy group, a n-octoxy group, a n-dodesoxy group, a n-pentadesoxy group and a n-icosoxy group, and preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group or a tert-butoxy group. The hydrogen atom contained in these alkoxy groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group .
Examples of the aralkyloxy group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms include a benzyloxy group, a (2-methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3-methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (4- methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2, 3-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2 , 4-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,5- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2 , 6-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3,5- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,4,5- tetramethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,4,6- tetramethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenyl) methoxy group, a
(pentamethylphenyl) methoxy group, an (ethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-propylphenyl) methoxy group, an
(isopropylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-butylphenyl) methoxy group, a (sec-butylphenyl) methoxy group, a (tert- butylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-hexylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-octylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-decylphenyl) methoxy group, a naphthylmethoxy group and an anthracenylmethoxy group. Among them, a benzyloxy group is more preferred. The hydrogen atom contained in these aralkyloxy groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
Examples of the aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenoxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, a 3-methylphenoxy group, a 4-methylphenoxy group, a 2,3- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 4-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,5- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 6-dimethylphenoxy group, a 3,4- dimethylphenoxy group, a 3, 5-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2- tert-butyl-3-methylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-4- methylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-5-methylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-6-methylphenoxy group, a 2,3,4- trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 5-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 6-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2 , , 5-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 4 , 6-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-3, 4- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-3, 5-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-3, 6-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,6-di- tert-butyl-3-methylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-4 , 5- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2 , 6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenoxy group, a 3, 4, 5-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2,3,4,5- tetramethylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-3, 4, 5- trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, , 6-tetramethylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-3, 4 , 6-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2,6-di-tert- butyl-3, 4-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenoxy group, a 2-tert-butyl-3, 5, 6- trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 6-di-tert-butyl-3, 5- dimethylphenoxy group, a pentamethylphenoxy group, an ethylphenoxy group, a n-propylphenoxy group, an
isopropylphenoxy group, a n-butylphenoxy group, a sec- butylphenoxy group, a tert-butylphenoxy group, a n- hexylphenoxy group, a n-octylphenoxy group, a n- decylphenoxy group, a n-tetradecylphenoxy group, a
naphthoxy group and an anthrathenoxy group. The hydrogen atom contained in these aryloxy groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
X1 in Formula [4] is more preferably a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n- butoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a 2 , 6-di-tert-butylphenoxy group, a 3,4,5- trifluorophenoxy group, a pentafluorophenoxy group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4-pentafluorophenylphenoxy group or a benzyl group.
a in Formula [4] is a number satisfying 0 < a < 3, and b is a number satisfying 0 < b < 3. a and b are appropriately selected according to the valence of M1.
When M1 is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, a is preferably 2 and also b is preferably 2.
Examples of the compound represented by Formula [4] in which a transition metal atom is a titanium atom, a
zirconium atom or a hafnium atom include
bis (cyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl ) titanium dichloride, bis (1,2- dimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (1,3- dimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis ( 1-methyl- 2-ethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (1-methyl- 3-ethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (1-methyl- 2-n-butylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis(l- methyl-3-n-butylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (l-methyl-2-isopropylcyclopentadienyl) titanium
dichloride, bis (l-methyl-3- isopropylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis(l-tert- butyl-2-methylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis(l- tert-butyl-3-methylcyclopentadienyl ) titanium dichloride, bis (1,2, 3-trimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (1,2, 4-trimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, bis (indenyl) titanium dichloride, bis (4, 5,6, 7- tetrahydroindenyl) titanium dichloride,
bis (fluorenyl) titanium dichloride, bis (2- phenylindenyl) titanium dichloride,
bis [2- (bis-3, 5-trifluoromethylphenyl) indenyl] titanium dichloride, bis [2- (4-tert-butylphenyl) indenyl] titanium dichloride, bis [2- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) indenyl] titanium dichloride, bis [2- (4-methylphenyl) indenyl] titanium
dichloride, bis [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) indenyl] titanium dichloride, bis [2- (pentafluorophenyl) indenyl] titanium dichloride,
cyclopentadienyl (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, cyclopentadienyl (indenyl) titanium dichloride, cyclopentadienyl (fluorenyl) titanium dichloride,
indenyl (fluorenyl) titanium dichloride,
pentamethylcyclopentadienyl (indenyl) titanium dichloride, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl (fluorenyl) titanium dichloride, cyclopentadienyl (2-phenylindenyl) titanium dichloride, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl (2-phenylindenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (cyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-methylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (3- methylcyclopentadienyl ) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-n-butylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (3-n- butylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2, 3-dimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2, 4- dimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2, 5-dimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (3, 4- dimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2, 3- ethylmethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2,4- ethylmethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2,5- ethylmethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (3, 5- ethylmethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2, 3, 4- trimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2, 3, 5- trimethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (indenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2-methylindenyl ) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-tert-butylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2, 3-dimethylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2, 4, 7-trimethylindenyl) titanium
dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-methyl-4- isopropylindenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (4, 5-benzindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-methyl-4, 5-benzindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-phenylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (4-phenylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2-methyl-4- phenylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (2- methyl-5-phenylindenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (2-methyl-4-naphthylindenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylenebis (4,5,6,7- tetrahydroindenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (indenyl) titanium
dichloride, dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl)
(indenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (indenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl)
(indenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl)
(fluorenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl)
(indenyl) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl)
(fluorenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylenebis (fluorenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl)
(tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl)
(fluorenyl) titanium dichloride,
cyclopentadienyltitanium trichloride,
pentamethylcyclopentadienyltitanium trichloride,
cyclopentadienyl (dimethylamide) titanium dichloride,
cyclopentadienyl (phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
cyclopentadienyl (2, 6-dimethylphenyl) titanium dichloride, cyclopentadienyl (2, 6-diisopropylphenyl) titanium dichloride, cyclopentadienyl (2, 6-di-tert-butylphenyl) titanium
dichloride, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl (2, 6- dimethylphenyl) titanium dichloride,
pentamethylcyclopentadienyl (2, 6-diisopropylphenyl) titanium dichloride, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl (2, 6-tert- butylphenyl) titanium dichloride, indenyl (2,6- diisopropylphenyl) titanium dichloride, fluorenyl (2 , 6- diisopropylphenyl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-dimethyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-di-tert-butyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-3- trimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) ( 3-tert-butyl-5-methoxy- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-chloro- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-diamyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) ( l-naphthoxy-2- yl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl ) ( 3 , 5-dimethyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5- methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-di-tert- butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-3- phenyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-3- trimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5- methoxy-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5- chloro-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-diamyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) (3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (methylcyclopentadienyl) ( l-naphthoxy-2- yl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) (2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium
dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) (3,5- dimethyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) (3- tert-butyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-di-tert- butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) ( 5-methyl-3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-3-trimethylsilyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methoxy-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) ( 3-tert-butyl-5-chloro-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-diamyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) (3- phenyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (n- butylcyclopentadienyl ) (l-naphthoxy-2-yl) titanium
dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tert-butylcyclopentadienyl) (2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium
dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert-butylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-dimethyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tert-butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-di-tert-butyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl) ( 5-methyl-3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl ) ( 3-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl ) ( 5-methyl-3-trimethylsilyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methoxy-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-chloro-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert- butylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-diamyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tert-butylcyclopentadienyl ) (3-phenyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tert-butylcyclopentadienyl) (1-naphthoxy- 2-yl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5- dimethyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-di-tert- butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-3- phenyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-3- trimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-5-methoxy-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-5-chloro-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-diamyl- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) (3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) ( 1-naphthoxy-
2-yl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3-methyl- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3,5- dimethyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3, 5-di- tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl- 3-phenyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (5-methyl-
3-trimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-5-methoxy-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3-tert- butyl-5-chloro-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3,5- diamyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (3-phenyl- 2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) (1- naphthoxy-2-yl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3, 5-dimethyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3- tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3, 5-di-tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (5-methyl-3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3- tert-butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium
dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (5-methyl-3- trimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methoxy-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3- tert-butyl-5-chloro-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3, 5-diamyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (indenyl) (1- naphthoxy-2-yl) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3, 5-dimethyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3, 5-di-tert-butyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (5-methyl-3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-5-methyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (5-methyl-3- trimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride,
dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-methoxy-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-tert-butyl-5-chloro-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3, 5-diamyl-2-phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (3-phenyl-2- phenoxy) titanium dichloride, dimethylsilylene (fluorenyl) (l-naphthoxy-2-yl) titanium dichloride,
(tert-butylamide) tetramethylcyclopentadienyl-1, 2- ethanediyltitanium dichloride,
(methylamide) tetramethylcyclopentadienyl-1, 2- ethanediyltitanium dichloride,
(ethylamide) tetramethylcyclopentadienyl-1, 2- ethanediyltitanium dichloride, (tert- butylamide) tetramethylcyclopentadienyldimethylsilanetitaniu m dichloride,
(benzylamide) tetramethylcyclopentadienyldimethylsilanetitan ium dichloride, (phenyl
phosphide) tetramethylcyclopentadienyldimethylsilanetitanium dichloride, (tert-butylamide) indenyl-1, 2-ethanediyltitanium dichloride, (tert-butylamide) tetrahydroindenyl-1, 2- ethanediyltitanium dichloride, (tert-butylamide) fluorenyl- 1, 2-ethanediyltitanium dichloride, (tert- butylamide) indenyldimethylsilanetitanium dichloride, (tert- butylamide) tetrahydroindenyldimethylsilanetitanium
dichloride, (tert- butylamide) fluorenyldimethylsilanetitanium dichloride, (dimethylaminomethyl) tetramethylcyclopentadienyltitanium (II I) dichloride,
(dimethylaminoethyl) tetramethylcyclopentadienyltitanium (III ) dichloride,
(dimethylaminopropyl) tetramethylcyclopentadienyltitanium (II I) dichloride, (N- pyrrolidinylethyl ) tetramethylcyclopentadienyltitanium dichloride, (B- dimethylaminoborabenzene) cyclopentadienyltitanium
dichloride, cyclopentadienyl ( 9- mesitylboraanthracenyl) titanium dichloride,
2,2' -thiobis [4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenoxy] titanium
dichloride, 2, 2' -thiobis [4-methyl-6- ( 1- methylethyl) phenoxy] titanium dichloride, 2, 2' -thiobis (4, 6- dimethylphenoxy) titanium dichloride, 2, 2' -thiobis (4-methyl- 6-tert-butylphenoxy) titanium dichloride, 2,2'- methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenoxy) titanium
dichloride, 2,2' -ethylenebis ( -methyl-6-tert- butylphenoxy) titanium dichloride, 2, 2' -sulfinylbis (4- methyl-6-tert-butylphenoxy) titanium dichloride, 2,2'- (4, 4' , 6, 6' -tetra-tert-butyl-1, 1' -biphenoxy) titanium
dichloride, (di-tert-butyl-1, 3-propanediamide) titanium dichloride, (dicyclohexyl-1, 3-propanediamide) titanium dichloride,
[bis (trimethylsilyl) -1, 3-propanediamide] titanium dichloride, [bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) -1, 3-propanediamide] titanium dichloride, [bis (2, 6-dimethylphenyl) -1, 3- propanediamide] titanium dichloride, [bis (2,6- diisopropylphenyl) -1, 3-propanediamide] titanium dichloride, [bis (2, 6-di-tert-butylphenyl) -1, 3-propanediamide] titanium dichloride,
[bis (triisopropylsilyl) naphthalenediamide] titanium dichloride, [bis (trimethylsilyl) naphthalenediamide] titanium dichloride, [bis (tert- butyldimethylsilyl) naphthalenediamide] titanium dichloride, [hydrotris (3, 5-dimethylpyrazolyl) borate] titanium
trichloride, [hydrotris ( 3, 5- diethylpyrazolyl) borate] titanium trichloride,
[hydrotris (3, 5-di-tert-butylpyrazolyl) borate] titanium trichloride, [tris (3, 5-dimethylpyrazolyl)methyl] titanium trichloride, [tris (3, 5-diethylpyrazolyl) methyl] titanium trichloride and [tris (3, 5-di-tert- butylpyrazolyl) methyl] titanium trichloride, compounds in which "titanium" in these compounds is replaced by
"zirconium" or "hafnium", compounds in which " (2-phenoxy) " is replaced by " (3-phenyl-2-phenoxy) ", " (3-trimethylsilyl- 2-phenoxy)" or " (3-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-2-phenoxy) ", compounds in which "dimethylsilylene" is replaced by
"methylene", "ethylene",
"dimethylmethylene (isopropylidene) ", "diphenylmethylene", "diethylsilylene", "diphenylsilylene" or
"dimethoxysilylene", compounds in which "dichloride" is replaced by "difluoride", "dibromide", "diiodide",
"dimethyl, "diethyl", "diisopropyl", "diphenyl", "dibenzyl", "dimethoxide", "diethoxide", "di (n-propoxide) ",
"di (isopropoxide) ", "diphenoxide" or
"di (pentafluorophenoxide) ", and compounds in which "trichloride" is replaced by "trifluoride", "tribromide", "triiodide", "trimethyl", "triethyl", "triisopropyl", "triphenyl", "tribenzyl", "trimethoxide", "triethoxide", "tri (n-propoxide) ", "tri (isopropoxide) ", "triphenoxide" or "tri (pentafluorophenoxide) " .
These transition metal compounds may be used alone, or two or more kinds of them may be used in combination.
Among the above-mentioned transition metal compounds, the compound (A) to be used in the present invention is preferably a transition metal compound represented by
Formula [4] described above. Among them, a compound in which M1 in Formula [4] is zirconium, and a transition metal compound containing at least one group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton as L1 in Formula [4] are preferred. A zirconium compound containing two groups having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton as L1 in Formula [4], L1 groups being linked to each other by a group containing a carbon atom, a silicon atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom, is particularly preferred.
The transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] can be produced by the production methods described in JP-A-6-340684, JP-A-7-258321, and International Publication No. WO 95/00562 and the like.
Activating Agent (B) The activating agent (B) to be used in the present invention may be an agent which can activate the compound (A) . When a catalyst for addition polymerization is
applied to polymerization which forms addition polymer particles (e.g., slurry polymerization, gas phase
polymerization, bulk polymerization, etc.), it is preferred to allow the produced addition polymer to have a fixed shape using the specific particles as one of components of a catalyst for addition polymerization. It is possible to preferably use, as the specific particles, modified
particles of the following (I), (II) or (III):
(I): modified particles produced by bringing (a), (b) , (c) and (d) described below into contact with each other,
(a) : a compound represented by Formula [5],
2L22 [5]
(b) : a compound represented by Formula [6],
R2t - i TH [6]
(c) : a compound represented by Formula [7] , and
R3u - 2 T ' H2 [7]
(d) : inorganic oxide particles or organic polymer particles, wherein M2 in Formula [5] is a Group 12 element; L2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group, and two L2 may be the same as or different from each other; R2 is an electron withdrawing group or a group containing an electron withdrawing group, and when there are more than one R2, they may be the same as or different from each other; R3 is a hydrocarbyl group or a halogenated
hydrocarbyl group; T in Formula [6] is a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element; t is the valence of T; Ί" in Formula [7] is a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element; and u is the valence of Ί" .
(II) : modified particles produced by bringing inorganic oxide particles or organic polymer particles (d) into contact with an aluminoxane (e) .
(III) : modified particles produced by bringing inorganic oxide particles or organic polymer particles (d) , the aluminoxane (e) and the compound (A) into contact with each other.
These are further described below sequentially.
M2 in Formula [5] represents a Group 12 element of the
Periodic Table of the elements (the 1989 IUPAC revised edition of inorganic chemical nomenclature) . Examples of M2 include a zinc atom, a cadmium atom and a mercury atom. M2 is particularly preferably a zinc atom.
In Formula [5] , L2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group. Examples of the halogen atom of L2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. The hydrocarbyl group of L2 is
preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. The alkyl group of the hydrocarbyl group of L2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec- butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n- pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n- heptyl group, a n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-dodecyl group, a n-pentadecyl group and a n-eicosyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group or an isobutyl group.
Any of these alkyl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which is substituted with a halogen atom can include a fluoromethyl group, a
difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a
fluoroethyl group, a difluoroethyl group, a trifluoroethyl group, a tetrafluoroethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a
perfluoropentyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, a
perfluorooctyl group, a perfluorododecyl group, a
perfluoropentadecyl group, a perfluoroeicosyl group, a
1H, ΙΗ-perfluoropropyl group, a 1H, ΙΗ-perfluorobutyl group, a 1H, ΙΗ-perfluoropentyl group, a 1H, ΙΗ-perfluorohexyl group, a 1H, ΙΗ-perfluorooctyl group, a 1H, ΙΗ-perfluorododecyl group, a 1H, ΙΗ-perfluoropentadecyl group, a ΙΗ,ΙΗ- perfluoroeicosyl group, and alkyl groups in which "fluoro" of these alkyl groups is replaced by "chloro", "bromo" or "iodo". Any of these alkyl groups may be substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
The aryl group of the hydrocarbyl group of L2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 2-tolyl group, a 3-tolyl group, a 4-tolyl group, a 2,3-xylyl group, a 2,4- xylyl group, a 2,5-xylyl group, a 2,6-xylyl group, a 3,4- xylyl group, a 3,5-xylyl group, a 2 , 3, 4-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 5-trimethylphenyl group, a 2,3,6- trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 4 , 6-trimethylphenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-trimethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 4 , 5-tetramethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 4, 6-tetramethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenyl group, a pentamethylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a n-propylphenyl group, an
isopropylphenyl group, a n-butylphenyl group, a sec- butylphenyl group, a tert-butylphenyl group, an
isobutylphenyl group, a n-pentylphenyl group, a
neopentylphenyl group, a n-hexylphenyl group, a n- octylphenyl group, a n-decylphenyl group, a n-dodecylphenyl group, a n-tetradecylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. Any of these aryl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
The aralkyl group of the hydrocarbyl group of L2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof can include a benzyl group, a (2- methylphenyl) methyl group, a (3-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (4-methylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2, 5-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,6- dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 4-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4,5- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,4,6- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenyl) methyl group, a (pentamethylphenyl) methyl group, an (ethylphenyl) methyl group, a (n- propylphenyl) methyl group, an (isopropylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-butylphenyl) methyl group, a (sec-butylphenyl) methyl group, a (tert-butylphenyl) methyl group, an
(isobutylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-pentylphenyl) methyl group, a (neopentylphenyl) methyl group, a (n- hexylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-octylphenyl) methyl group, a (n-decylphenyl) methyl group, a naphthylmethyl group and an anthracenylmethyl group. Among them, a benzyl group is more preferred. Any of these aralkyl groups may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; or an aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group.
L2 in Formula [5] is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group. Two L2 may be the same as or different from each other.
T in Formula [6] represents a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element of the Periodic Table of the elements (the 1989 IUPAC revised edition of inorganic chemical
nomenclature) . Examples of the Group 15 element include a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom and the like; and specific examples of the Group 16 element include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like. T is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, and particularly preferably an oxygen atom.
t in Formula [6] represents the valence of T, and t is 3 when T is the Group 15 element and t is 2 when T is the Group 16 element.
Ί" in Formula [7] represents a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element of the Periodic Table of the elements (the 1989 IUPAC revised edition of inorganic chemical
nomenclature) . Examples of the Group 15 element include a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom and the like; and specific examples of the Group 16 element include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like. T' is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, and particularly preferably an oxygen atom.
u in Formula [7] represents the valence of T' , and u is 3 when T' is the Group 15 element and u is 2 when T' is the Group 16 element.
R2 in Formula [6] represents an electron withdrawing group or a group containing an electron withdrawing group and, when there are more than one R2, they may be the same as or different from each other. A substituent constant σ of Hammett's rule is known as an indicator of electron withdrawing properties, and examples of the electron- withdrawing group include functional groups having a positive substituent constant σ of Hammett's rule. Examples of the electron withdrawing group include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbonyl group, a sulfone group, a phenyl group and the like. Examples of the group containing an electron withdrawing group include a halogenated alkyl group, a halogenated aryl group, a
(halogenated alkyl) aryl group, a cyanated aryl group, a nitrated aryl group, an ester group (an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aralkyloxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group) and the like.
Examples of the halogenated alkyl group include a fluoromethyl group, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, an iodomethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a dichloromethyl group, a dibromomethyl group, a diiodomethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, a tribromomethyl group, a triiodomethyl group, a 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trichloroethyl group, a
2, 2, 2-tribromoethyl group, a 2, 2, 2-triiodoethyl group, a 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentafluoropropyl group, a 2,2,3,3,3- pentachloropropyl group, a 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentabromopropyl group, a 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentaiodopropyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trifluoro-1- trifluoromethylethyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trichloro-l- trichloromethylethyl group, a 2 , 2 , 2-tribromo-l- tribromomethylethyl group, a 2, 2, 2-triiodo-l- triiodomethylethyl group, a 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2- trifluoroethyl group, a 1, 1-bis (trichloromethyl) -2, 2, 2- trichloroethyl group, a 1, 1-bis (tribromomethyl) -2, 2, 2- tribromoethyl group, a 1, 1-bis (triiodomethyl) -2, 2, 2- triiodoethyl group and the like.
Examples of the halogenated aryl group include a 2- fluorophenyl group, a 3-fluorophenyl group, a 4- fluorophenyl group, a 2, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 2,6- difluorophenyl group, a 3, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 3,5- difluorophenyl group, a 2, 4, 6-trifluorophenyl group, a
3, 4, 5-trifluorophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- pentafluorophenylphenyl group, a perfluoro-l-naphthyl group, a perfluoro-2-naphthyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 3- chlorophenyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group, a 2,4- dichlorophenyl group, a 2, 6-dichlorophenyl group, a 3,4- dichlorophenyl group, a 3, 5-dichlorophenyl group, a 2,4,6- trichlorophenyl group, a 3, 4, 5-trichlorophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrachlorophenyl group, a pentachlorophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrachloro-4-trichloromethylphenyl group, a
2, 3, 5, 6-tetrachloro-4-pentachlorophenylphenyl group, a perchloro-l-naphthyl group, a perchloro-2-naphthyl group, a 2-bromophenyl group, a 3-bromophenyl group, a 4-bromophenyl group, a 2 , 4-dibromophenyl group, a 2 , 6-dibromophenyl group, a 3, 4-dibromophenyl group, a 3, 5-dibromophenyl group, a 2, 4, 6-tribromophenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-tribromophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrabromophenyl group, a pentabromophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrabromo-4-tribromomethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5,6- tetrabromo-4-pentabromophenylphenyl group, a perbromo-1- naphthyl group, a perbromo-2-naphthyl group, a 2-iodophenyl group, a 3-iodophenyl group, a 4-iodophenyl group, a 2,4- diiodophenyl group, a 2, 6-diiodophenyl group, a 3,4- diiodophenyl group, a 3, 5-diiodophenyl group, a 2,4,6- triiodophenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-triiodophenyl group, a
2 , 3, 5, 6-tetraiodophenyl group, a pentaiodophenyl group, a 2 , 3, 5, 6-tetraiodo-4-triiodomethylphenyl group, a 2,3,5,6- tetraiodo-4-pentaiodophenylphenyl group, a periodo-1- naphthyl group, a periodo-2-naphthyl group and the like.
Examples of the (halogenated alkyl)aryl group include a 2- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group, a 3-
(trifluoromethyl) phenyl group, a 4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group, a 2, 6-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group, a 3,5- bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group, a 2,4,6- tris (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group, a 3,4,5- tris (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group and the like.
Examples of the cyanated aryl group include a 2- cyanophenyl group, a 3-cyanophenyl group, a 4-cyanophenyl group and the like.
Examples of the nitrated aryl group include a 2- nitrophenyl group, a 3-nitrophenyl group, a 4-nitrophenyl group and the like.
Examples of the ester group include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a normal propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a phenoxycarbonyl group, a trifluoromethoxycarbonyl group, a
pentafluorophenoxycarbonyl group and the like.
R2 is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbyl group, and more preferably a halogenated alkyl group or a halogenated aryl group. R2 is still more preferably a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, a 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentafluoropropyl group, a 2, 2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethyl group, a 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, a 2- fluorophenyl group, a 3-fluorophenyl group, a 4- fluorophenyl group, a 2, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 2,6- difluorophenyl group, a 3, 4-difluorophenyl group, a 3,5- difluorophenyl group, a 2, 4, 6-trifluorophenyl group, a
3, 4 , 5-trifluorophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- pentafluorophenylphenyl group, a perfluoro-l-naphthyl group, a perfluoro-2-naphthyl group, a chloromethyl group, a dichloromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, a 2,2,2- trichloroethyl group, a 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentachloropropyl group, a 2 , 2 , 2-trichloro-l-trichloromethylethyl group, a 1,1- bis (trichloromethyl) -2, 2, 2-trichloroethyl group, a 4- chlorophenyl group, a 2 , 6-dichlorophenyl group, a 3.5- dichlorophenyl group, a 2 , 4 , 6-trichlorophenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-trichlorophenyl group or a pentachlorophenyl group, particularly preferably a fluoroalkyl group or a fluoroaryl group, and most preferably a trifluoromethyl group, a
2, 2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethyl group, a 1,1- bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, a 3,5- difluorophenyl group, a 3, 4 , 5-trifluorophenyl group or a pentafluorophenyl group.
R3 in Formula [7] represents a hydrocarbyl group or a halogenated hydrocarbyl group. The hydrocarbyl group in R3 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group, and the same hydrocarbyl group as that described as L2 in Formula [7] is used. Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbyl group in R3 include a halogenated alkyl group, a halogenated aryl group, a (halogenated alkyl) aryl group and the like, and the same halogenated alkyl group,
halogenated aryl group and (halogenated alkyl) aryl group as those listed as specific examples of the electron
withdrawing group in R2 of Formula [6] are used.
R3 in Formula [7] is preferably a halogenated
hydrocarbyl group, and more preferably a fluorinated hydrocarbyl group.
Examples of the compound (a) to be used to obtain modified particles (I) include, when M2 is a zinc atom, dialkyl zinc such as dimethyl zinc, diethyl zinc, dipropyl zinc, di-n-butyl zinc, diisobutyl zinc or di-n-hexyl zinc; diaryl zinc such as diphenyl zinc, dinaphthyl zinc or bis (pentafluorophenyl) zinc; dialkenyl zinc such as diallyl zinc; halogenated alkyl zinc such as bis (cyclopentadienyl) zinc, methyl zinc chloride, ethyl zinc chloride, propyl zinc chloride, n-butyl zinc chloride, isobutyl zinc
chloride, n-hexyl zinc chloride, methyl zinc bromide, ethyl zinc bromide, propyl zinc bromide, n-butyl zinc bromide, isobutyl zinc bromide, n-hexyl zinc bromide, methyl zinc iodide, ethyl zinc iodide, propyl zinc iodide, n-butyl zinc iodide, isobutyl zinc iodide or n-hexyl zinc iodide; and halogenated zinc such as zinc fluoride, zinc chloride, zinc bromide or zinc iodide.
The compound (a) is preferably dialkyl zinc, more preferably dimethyl zinc, diethyl zinc, dipropyl zinc, din-butyl zinc, diisobutyl zinc or di-n-hexyl zinc, and particularly preferably dimethyl zinc or diethyl zinc.
Examples of the amines of the compound (b) include di ( fluoromethyl ) amine, di (chloromethyl ) amine,
di (bromomethyl) amine, di (iodomethyl) amine,
bis (difluoromethyl) amine, bis (dichloromethyl) amine,
bis (dibromomethyl) amine, bis (diiodomethyl) amine,
bis (trifluoromethyl) amine, bis (trichloromethyl) amine, bis (tribromomethyl) amine, bis (triiodomethyl) amine,
bis (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl) amine, bis (2, 2, 2- trichloroethyl) amine, bis (2,2, 2-tribromoethyl) amine,
bis (2,2, 2-triiodoethyl) amine, bis(2,2,3,3,3- pentafluoropropyl) amine, bis (2, 2, 3, 3, 3- pentachloropropyl) amine, bis (2,2,3,3, 3- pentabromopropyl) amine, bis (2,2,3,3, 3-pentaiodopropyl) amine, bis (2,2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethyl) amine,
bis (2,2, 2-trichloro-l-trichloromethylethyl) amine,
bis (2, 2, 2-tribromo-l-tribromomethylethyl) amine, bis (2,2,2- triiodo-l-triiodomethylethyl) amine, bis (1, 1- bis (trifluoromethyl) -2,2, 2-trifluoroethyl) amine, bis (1, 1- bis (trichloromethyl) -2,2, 2-trichloroethyl) amine, bis (1,1- bis (tribromomethyl) -2,2, 2-tribromoethyl) amine, bis (1,1- bis (triiodomethyl) -2, 2, 2-triiodoethyl) amine, bis (2- fluorophenyl) amine, bis (3-fluorophenyl) amine, bis (4- fluorophenyl) amine, bis (2-chlorophenyl) amine, bis (3- chlorophenyl) amine, bis (4-chlorophenyl) amine, bis (2- bromophenyl) amine, bis (3-bromophenyl) amine, bis (4- bromophenyl) amine, bis (2-iodophenyl) amine, bis (3- iodophenyl) amine, bis (4-iodophenyl) amine, bis (2,6- difluorophenyl) amine, bis (3, 5-difluorophenyl) amine,
bis (2, 6-dichlorophenyl) amine, bis (3, 5-dichlorophenyl) amine, bis (2, 6-dibromophenyl) amine, bis (3, 5-dibromophenyl) amine, bis (2, 6-diiodophenyl) amine, bis (3, 5-diiodophenyl) amine, bis (2, 4, 6-trifluorophenyl) amine, bis (2, 4, 6- trichlorophenyl) amine, bis (2, 4, 6-tribromophenyl) amine, bis (2, 4, 6-triiodophenyl) amine, bis (3, 4, 5- trifluorophenyl) amine, bis (3, 4, 5-trichlorophenyl) amine, bis (3, 4 , 5-tribromophenyl) amine, bis (3,4,5- triiodophenyl) amine, bis (pentafluorophenyl) amine,
bis (pentachlorophenyl) amine, bis (pentabromophenyl) amine, bis (pentaiodophenyl) amine, bis (2- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) amine, bis (3- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) amine, bis (4-
(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) amine, bis (2,6- di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) amine, bis (3,5- di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) amine, bis (2,4,6- tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) amine, bis (3, , 5- tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) amine, bis (2-cyanophenyl) amine, (3-cyanophenyl) amine, bis (4-cyanophenyl) amine, bis (2- nitrophenyl) amine, bis (3-nitrophenyl) amine, bis (4- nitrophenyl) amine and the like. Further examples of the compound (b) include phosphine compounds in which a
nitrogen atom is substituted with a phosphorus atom. Those phosphine compounds are compounds in which amine of the above-mentioned specific examples are replaced by phosphine.
Examples of the alcohols of the compound (b) include fluoromethanol, chloromethanol, bromomethanol, iodomethanol, difluoromethanol, dichloromethanol, dibromomethanol, diiodomethanol, trifluoromethanol, trichloromethanol, tribromomethanol, triiodomethanol, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethanol, 2, 2, 2-trichloroethanol, 2 , 2 , 2-tribromoethanol, 2,2,2- triiodoethanol, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentafluoropropanol, 2,2,3,3,3- pentachloropropanol, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentabromopropanol,
2,2,3,3, 3-pentaiodopropanol, 2,2, 2-trifluoro-1- trifluoromethylethanol, 2,2, 2-trichloro-l- trichloromethylethanol, 2, 2 , 2-tribromo-l- tribromomethylethanol, 2,2, 2-triiodo-l-triiodomethylethanol, 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2-trifluoroethanol, 1,1- bis (trichloromethyl) -2,2, 2-trichloroethanol, 1, 1- bis (tribromomethyl) -2,2, 2-tribromoethanol, 1, 1- bis (triiodomethyl) -2, 2, 2-triiodoethanol and the like.
Further examples of the compound (b) include thiol
compounds in which an oxygen atom is substituted with a sulfur atom. Those thiol compounds are compounds in which methanol of the above-mentioned specific examples is
replaced by methanethiol, ethanol is replaced by
ethanethiol, and propanol is replaced by propanethiol.
Examples of the phenols of the compound (b) include 2- fluorophenol, 3-fluorophenol, 4-fluorophenol, 2,4- difluorophenol, 2, 6-difluorophenol, 3, -difluorophenol, 3, 5-difluorophenol, 2 , 4 , 6-trifluorophenol, 3,4,5- trifluorophenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrafluorophenol,
pentafluorophenol, 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- trifluoromethylphenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrafluoro-4- pentafluorophenylphenol, perfluoro-l-naphthol, perfluoro-2- naphthol, 2-chlorophenol, 3-chlorophenol, 4-chlorophenol, 2 , 4-dichlorophenol, 2, 6-dichlorophenol, 3, 4-dichlorophenol, 3, 5-dichlorophenol, 2, 4, 6-trichlorophenol, 3,4,5- trichlorophenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrachlorophenol,
pentachlorophenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrachloro-4- trichloromethylphenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrachloro-4- pentachlorophenylphenol, perchloro-l-naphthol, perchloro-2- naphthol, 2-bromophenol, 3-bromophenol, 4-bromophenol, 2,4- dibromophenol, 2, 6-dibromophenol, 3, 4-dibromophenol, 3,5- dibromophenol, 2, 4, 6-tribromophenol, 3, 4, 5-tribromophenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrabroitiophenol, pentabromophenol, 2,3,5,6- tetrabromo-4-tribromomethylphenol, 2,3,5, 6-tetrabromo-4- pentabromophenylphenol, perbromo-l-naphthol, perbromo-2- naphthol, 2-iodophenol, 3-iodophenol, 4-iodophenol, 2,4- diiodophenol, 2, 6-diiodophenol, 3, 4-diiodophenol, 3,5- diiodophenol, 2, 4, 6-triiodophenol, 3, , 5-triiodophenol, 2, 3, 5, 6-tetraiodophenol, pentaiodophenol, 2,3,5,6- tetraiodo-4-triiodomethylphenol, 2, 3, 5, 6-tetraiodo-4- pentaiodophenylphenol, periodo-l-naphthol, periodo-2- naphthol, 2- (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 3-
(trifluoromethyl) phenol, 4- (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2,6- bis (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 3, 5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2, 4, 6-tris (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 3,4,5- tris (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2-cyanophenol, 3-cyanophenol, 4-cyanophenol, 2-nitrophenol, 3-nitrophenol, 4-nitrophenol and the like. Further examples of the compound (b) include thiophenol compounds in which an oxygen atom is substituted with a sulfur atom. Those thiophenol compounds are
compounds in which phenol of the above-mentioned specific examples is replaced by thiophenol.
Preferably, the amine of the compound (b) is
bis (trifluoromethyl) amine, bis (2,2, 2-trifluoroethyl) amine, bis (2, 2, 3, 3, 3-pentafluoropropyl) amine, bis (2, 2, 2-trifluoro- 1-trifluoromethylethyl) amine, bis (1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) - 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl) amine or bis (pentafluorophenyl) amine, the alcohol of the compound (b) is trifluoromethanol,
2,2, 2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3, 3-pentafluoropropanol, 2, 2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethanol or 1,1- bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2-trifluoroethanol, and the phenol of the compound (b) is 2-fluorophenol, 3-fluorophenol, 4- fluorophenol, 2, 6-difluorophenol, 3, 5-difluorophenol,
2, 4, 6-trifluorophenol, 3, , 5-trifluorophenol,
pentafluorophenol, 2- (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 3-
(trifluoromethyl) phenol, 4- (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2,6- bis (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 3, 5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2, 4, 6-tris (trifluoromethyl) phenol or 3,4,5- tris (trifluoromethyl) phenol .
The compound (b) is more preferably bis (trifluoromethyl) amine, bis (pentafluorophenyl) amine, trifluoromethanol, 2,2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethanol, 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2,2, 2-trifluoroethanol, 2- fluorophenol, 3-fluorophenol, 4-fluorophenol, 2,6- difluorophenol, 3, 5-difluorophenol, 2, , 6-trifluorophenol,
3. .5-trifluorophenol, pentafluorophenol, 4-
(trifluoromethyl) phenol, 2, 6-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenol or
2.4.6-tris (trifluoromethyl) phenol, and still more
preferably 3, 5-difluorophenol, 3, 4 , 5-trifluorophenol, pentafluorophenol or 1, 1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2, 2, 2- trifluoroethanol .
Examples of the compound (c) include water, hydrogen sulfide, amine and an aniline compound. Examples of the amine include alkylamines such as methylamine, ethylamine, n-propylamine, isopropylamine, n-butylamine, sec-butylamine, tert-butylamine, isobutylamine, n-pentylamine,
neopentylamine, isopentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-octylamine, n-decylamine, n-dodecylamine, n-pentadecylamine and n- eicosylamine; aralkylamines such as allylamine,
cyclopentadienylamine and benzylamine; fluoromethylamine, difluoromethylamine, trifluoromethylamine, 2,2,2- trifluoroethylamine, 2,2,3,3, 3-pentafluoropropylamine,
2, 2, 2-trifluoro-l-trifluoromethylethylamine, 1, 1- bis (trifluoromethyl) -2,2, 2-trifluoroethylamine,
perfluoropropylamine, perfluorobutylamine, perfluoropentylamine, perfluorohexylamine,
perfluorooctylamine, perfluorododecylamine,
perfluoropentadecylamine, perfluoroeicosylamine; and halogenated alkylamines in which "fluoro" of these amines are replaced by "chloro", "bromo" or "iodo".
Examples of the aniline compound of the compound (c) include aniline, naphthylamine, anthracenylamine, 2- tolylamine, 3-tolylamine, 4-tolylamine, 2 , 3-xylylamine, 2 , 4-xylylamine, 2 , 5-xylylamine, 2 , 6-xylylamine, 3,4- xylylamine, 3, 5-xylylamine, 2, 3, 4-trimethylaniline, 2,3,5- trimethylaniline, 2 , 3, 6-trimethylaniline, 2,4,6- trimethylaniline, 3, 4, 5-trimethylaniline, 2,3,4,5- tetramethylaniline, 2 , 3, 4 , 6-tetramethylaniline, 2,3,5,6- tetramethylaniline, pentamethylaniline, 2-ethylaniline, 3- ethylaniline, 4-ethylaniline, 2, 3-diethylaniline, 2,4- diethylaniline, 2, 5-diethylaniline, 2, 6-diethylaniline, 3, 4-diethylaniline, 3, 5-diethylaniline, 2,3,4- triethylaniline, 2 , 3, 5-triethylaniline, 2,3,6- triethylaniline, 2 , 4 , 6-triethylaniline, 3,4,5- triethylaniline, 2, 3, 4, 5-tetraethylaniline, 2,3,4,6- tetraethylaniline, 2,3,5, 6-tetraethylaniline,
pentaethylaniline, and alkylaniline in which "ethyl" of these compounds is replaced by "n-propyl", "isopropyl", "n- butyl", "sec-butyl", "tert-butyl", "n-pentyl", "neopentyl", "n-hexyl", "n-octyl", "n-decyl", "n-dodecyl" or "n- tetradecyl"; halogenated anilines such as 2-fluoroaniline,
3-fluoroaniline, 4-fluoroaniline, 2 , 6-difluoroaniline, 3,5- difluoroaniline, 2, 4, 6-trifluoroaniline, 3,4,5- trifluoroaniline and pentafluoroaniline; 2-
(trifluoromethyl) aniline, 3- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 4-
(trifluoromethyl) aniline, 2, 6-di (trifluoromethyl) aniline,
3, 5-di (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 2,4,6- tri (trifluoromethyl) aniline, and (halogenated alkyl) aniline in which "fluoro" of these compounds is replaced by
"chloro", "bromo" or "iodo".
The compound (c) is preferably water, hydrogen sulfide, methylamine, ethylamine, n-propylamine, isopropylamine, n- butylamine, sec-butylamine, tert-butylamine, isobutylamine, n-octylamine, aniline, 2 , 6-xylylamine, 2,4,6- trimethylaniline, naphthylamine, anthracenylamine,
benzylamine, trifluoromethylamine, pentafluoroethylamine, perfluoropropylamine, perfluorobutylamine,
perfluoropentylamine, perfluorohexylamine,
perfluorooctylamine, perfluorododecylamine,
perfluoropentadecylamine, perfluoroeicosylamine, 2- fluoroaniline, 3-fluoroaniline, 4-fluoroaniline, 2,6- difluoroaniline, 3, 5-difluoroaniline, 2,4,6- trifluoroaniline, 3,4, 5-trifluoroaniline,
pentafluoroaniline, 2- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 3- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 4- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 2,6- bis (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 3, 5- bis (trifluoromethyl) aniline or 2,4,6- tris (trifluoromethyl) aniline, particularly preferably water, trifluoromethylamine, perfluorobutylamine,
perfluorooctylamine, perfluoropentadecylamine, 2- fluoroaniline, 3-fluoroaniline, 4-fluoroaniline, 2,6- difluoroaniline, 3, 5-difluoroaniline, 2,4,6- trifluoroaniline, 3, 4, 5-trifluoroaniline,
pentafluoroaniline, 2- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 3- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 4- (trifluoromethyl) aniline, 2,6- bis (trifluoromethyl ) aniline, 3, 5- bis (trifluoromethyl) aniline or 2,4,6- tris (trifluoromethyl) aniline, and most preferably water or pentafluoroaniline .
Examples of (d) include inorganic oxide particles and organic polymer particles. Among them, porous particles having a uniform particle diameter and used commonly as a carrier are preferred. Regarding the particle diameter distribution of (d) , from the viewpoint of the particle diameter distribution of the produced addition polymer, the volume-based geometric standard deviation of the particle diameter of (d) is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and still more preferably 1.7 or less.
Any inorganic oxide may be used as the inorganic oxide particles (d) and a plurality of inorganic substances may be used in combination. Examples of the inorganic oxide include Si02 , Al203 , MgO, Zr02 , Ti02 , B203 , CaO, ZnO, BaO and Th02 , as well as a mixture thereof, Si02-MgO, Si02 - A1203 , Si02 -Ti02 , Si02-V205 , Si02-Cr203 and Si02 -Ti02 -MgO . These inorganic oxides are preferably Si02 and/or Al203 , and particularly preferably Si02 (i.e., silica). The inorganic oxide may contain a small amount of carbonates, sulfates, nitrates and oxides components, such as Na2 C03 , K2 C03 , CaC03 , MgC03 , Na2 S04 , Al2 (S04 ) 3 , BaS04 , KN03 ,
Mg(N03)2, A1(N03)3, Na20, K20 and Li20.
The inorganic oxide is preferably dried to
substantially remove moisture, and the drying method is preferably a method of drying by heating. The drying temperature of the inorganic oxide whose moisture cannot be visually confirmed is usually from 100 to 1,500°C,
preferably from 100 to 1,000°C, and still more preferably from 200 to 800°C. There is no particular limitation on the drying time, and the drying time is preferably from 10 minutes to 50 hours, and more preferably from 1 hour to 30 hours. Examples of the method of drying the inorganic oxide by heating include a method in which an inorganic oxide is dried by circulating a dried inert gas (e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.) at a given flow rate during heating, or a method in which an inorganic oxide is dried by heating under reduced pressure. Usually, hydroxyl groups are formed and exist on a surface of an inorganic oxide. A modified inorganic oxide produced by substituting active hydrogen of surface hydroxyl groups with various substituents may be used as the inorganic oxide. Examples of the modified inorganic oxide include inorganic oxides subjected to a contact treatment with trialkylchlorosilane such as
trimethylchlorosilane or tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane; triarylchlorosilane such as triphenylchlorosilane;
dialkyldichlorosilane such as dimethyldichlorosilane;
diaryldichlorosilane such as diphenyldichlorosilane;
alkyltrichlorosilane such as methyltrichlorosilane;
aryltrichlorosilane such as phenyltrichlorosilane;
trialkylalkoxysilane such as trimethylmethoxysilane;
triarylalkoxysilane such as triphenylmethoxysilane;
dialkyldialkoxysilane such as dimethyldimethoxysilane;
diaryldialkoxysilane such as diphenyldimethoxysilane;
alkyltrialkoxysilane such as methyltrimethoxysilane;
aryltrialkoxysilane such as phenyltrimethoxysilane;
tetraalkoxysilane such as tetramethoxysilane;
alkyldisilazane such as 1, 1, 1, 3, 3, 3-hexamethyldisilazane; tetrachlorosilane; alcohol such as methanol or ethanol; phenol; dialkyl magnesium such as dibutyl magnesium, butylethyl magnesium or butyloctyl magnesium; and alkyl lithium such as butyl lithium. Further examples include inorganic oxides produced by subjecting inorganic oxides which brought into contact with trialkyl aluminum to a contact treatment with dialkylamine such as diethylamine or diphenylamine; alcohol such as methanol or ethanol; and phenol.
The strength of the inorganic oxide per se may be sometimes increased by hydrogen bonding of hydroxyl groups to each other. In that case, if all active hydrogen of surface hydroxyl groups are substituted with various substituents, a decrease in particle strength may sometimes occur. Therefore, it is not necessarily required to substitute all active hydrogen of surface hydroxyl groups of the inorganic oxide, and the substitution ratio of the surface hydroxyl groups may be appropriately determined. There is no particular limitation on a method of changing the substitution ratio of the surface hydroxyl groups.
Examples of the method include a method of changing the amount of the compound to be used in the contact treatment.
There is no particular limitation on the average particle diameter of the inorganic oxide particles, and the average particle diameter is usually from 1 to 5, 000 μιη, preferably from 5 to 1, 000 μπι, more preferably from 10 to 500 μτη, and still more preferably from 10 to 100 μτη. The pore volume is preferably 0.1 ml/g or more, and more preferably from 0.3 to 10 ml/g. The specific surface area is preferably from 10 to 1,000 m2 /g, and more preferably from 100 to 500 m2 /g.
Any organic polymer may be used as the organic polymer particles (d) , and also a mixture of a plurality of kinds of organic polymers may be used. The organic polymer is preferably a polymer which has a functional group
containing active hydrogen, or a non-proton-donating Lewis basic functional group.
There is no particular limitation on the functional group containing active hydrogen as long as the functional group has active hydrogen. Examples of the functional group include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an imino group, an amide group, a hydrazide group, an amidino group, a hydroxy group, a hydroperoxy group, a carboxyl group, a formyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, a sulfenic acid group, a thiol group, a thioformyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a piperidyl group, an indazolyl group and a carbazolyl group. The functional group is preferably a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an imino group, an amide group, an imide group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a thiol group, and particularly preferably a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an amide group or a hydroxy group. These groups may be substituted with a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
There is no particular limitation on the non-proton- donating Lewis basic functional group as long as it is a functional group which has a Lewis base moiety containing no active hydrogen atom. Examples of the functional group include a pyridyl group, an N-substituted imidazolyl group, an N-substituted indazolyl group, a nitrile group, an azide group, an N-substituted imino group, an N, N-substituted amino group, an N, N-substituted aminooxy group, an Ν,Ν,Ν- substituted hydrazino group, a nitroso group, a nitro group, a nitrooxy group, a furyl group, a carbonyl group, a
thiocarbonyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an N, N-substituted carbamoyl group, a thioalkoxy group, a substituted sulfinyl group, a substituted sulfonyl group and a substituted sulfonic acid group. The
functional group is preferably a heterocyclic group, and more preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom and/or a nitrogen atom in its ring. The functional group is particularly preferably a pyridyl group, an N-substituted imidazolyl group or an N-substituted indazolyl group, and most preferably a pyridyl group.
These groups may be substituted with a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
There is no particular limitation on the content of the functional group having active hydrogen or the non- proton-donating Lewis basic functional group in the organic polymer. The content is preferably from 0.01 to 50 mmol/g, and more preferably from 0.1 to 20 mmol/g, expressed by the molar number of the functional groups per gram of the organic polymer.
Examples of a method for producing the organic polymer, which has a functional group having active hydrogen or a non-proton-donating Lewis basic functional group, include a method of homopolymerizing a monomer which has a functional group having active hydrogen or a non-proton-donating Lewis basic functional group, and one or more polymerizable unsaturated groups, or a method of copolymerizing the said monomer with the other monomer having a polymerizable unsaturated group. It is preferred to copolymerize
together with a crosslinking polymerizable monomer having two or more polymerizable unsaturated groups at this time.
Examples of the polymerizable unsaturated group include alkenyl groups such as a vinyl group and an allyl group; and alkynyl groups such as an ethyne group.
Examples of the monomer, which has a functional group having active hydrogen and one or more polymerizable unsaturated groups, include a vinyl group-containing primary amine, a vinyl group-containing secondary amine, a vinyl group-containing amide compound and a vinyl group- containing hydroxy compound. Examples of the monomer include N- (1-ethenyl) amine, N- (2-propenyl) amine, N-(l- ethenyl) -N-methylamine, N- (2-propenyl) -N-methylamine, 1- ethenylamide, 2-propenylamide, N-methyl- ( 1-ethenyl) amide, N-methyl- (2-propenyl) amide, vinyl alcohol, 2-propen-l-ol and 3-buten-l-ol . Examples of the monomer, which has a functional group having a Lewis base moiety containing no active hydrogen atom and one or more polymerizable
unsaturated groups, include vinylpyridine, vinyl (N- substituted) imidazole and vinyl (N-substituted) indazole .
Examples of the other monomer having a polymerizable unsaturated group include ethylene, a-olefin, an aromatic vinyl compound and a cyclic olefin compound. Examples of the monomer include ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-hexene, 4-methyl-l-pentene, styrene, norbornene and
dicyclopentadiene . Ethylene or styrene is preferred. Two or more kinds of these monomers may be used. Examples of the crosslinking polymerizable monomer having two or more polymerizable unsaturated groups include divinylbenzene and the like.
There is no particular limitation on the average particle diameter of the organic polymer particles, and the average particle diameter is usually from 1 to 5, 000 μιη, preferably from 5 to 1, 000 μπι, and more preferably from 10 to 500 μπχ. There is no particular limitation on the pore volume, and the pore volume is preferably 0.1 ml/g or more, and more preferably 0.3 to 10 ml/g. There is no particular limitation on the specific surface area, and the specific surface area is preferably from 10 to 1,000 m2 /g, and more preferably from 50 to 500 m2/g.
These organic polymer particles are preferably dried to substantially remove moisture, and more preferably dried by heating. The drying temperature of the organic polymer whose moisture cannot be visually confirmed is usually from 30 to 400°C, preferably from 50 to 200°C, and more
preferably from 70 to 150°C. There is no particular limitation on the heating time, and the heating time is preferably from 10 minutes to 50 hours, and more preferably from 1 hour to 30 hours. Examples of the method of drying the organic polymer particles by heating include a method in which organic polymer particles are dried by circulating a dried inert gas (e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.) at a given flow rate while heating, or a method in which organic polymer particles are dried by heating under reduced pressure .
There is no particular limitation on the order of bringing (a) , (b) , (c) and (d) described above into contact with each other so as to obtain modified particle (I) of the present invention, and examples of the order include the following orders:
<1> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (b) is brought into contact with (c) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (d) ;
<2> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (b) is brought into contact with (d) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (c) ;
<3> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (c) is brought into contact with (b) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (d) ;
<4> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (c) is brought into contact with (d) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (b) ;
<5> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (d) is brought into contact with (b) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (c) ;
<6> an order in which a contact product of (a) and (d) is brought into contact with (c) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (b) ;
<7> an order in which a contact product of (b) and (c) is brought into contact with (a) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (d) ;
<8> an order in which a contact product of (b) and (c) is brought into contact with (d) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (a) ;
<9> an order in which a contact product of (b) and (d) is brought into contact with (a) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (c) ;
<10> an order in which a contact product of (b) and (d) is brought into contact with (c) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (a) ;
<11> an order in which a contact product of (c) and (d) is brought into contact with (a) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (b) ; and
<12> an order in which a contact product of (c) and (d) is brought into contact with (b) to obtain a contact product and the obtained contact product is brought into contact with (a) .
The contact order is preferably <1>, <2>, <3>, <5>, <11> or <12> described above. The contact order is particularly preferably <2> or <5>. Such a contact treatment is preferably carried out under an inert gas atmosphere. The treatment temperature is usually from -100 to 300°C, and preferably from -80 to 200°C. The treatment time is usually from 1 minute to 200 hours, and preferably from 10 minutes to 100 hours. Such a treatment may be carried out using a solvent, or these compounds may be directly brought into contact with each other without using a solvent.
A solvent which is inert to (a) , (b) , (c) , (d) described above and contact products thereof is used as the solvent. However, as described above, when the respective compounds are brought into contact with each other in a stepwise manner, a solvent capable of reacting with a certain compound in a certain stage can be used in another stage if the solvent does not react with each compound in another stage. That is, the solvent to be used in each step is the same or different. Examples of the solvent include nonpolar solvents such as an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent and an aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent; and polar solvents such as a halide solvent, an ether-based solvent, an alcohol-based solvent, a phenol-based solvent, a
carbonyl-based solvent, a phosphoric acid derivative, a nitrile-based solvent, a nitro compound, an amine-based solvent and a sulfur compound. Examples thereof include aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, 2, 2, 4-trimethylpentane and
cyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene; halide solvents such as dichloromethane, difluoromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, 1,2- dibromoethane, 1, 1, 2-trichloro-l, 2, 2-trifluoroethane, tetrachloroethylene, chlorobenzene, bromobenzene and o- dichlorobenzene; ether-based solvents such as dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl-ether, anisole, 1, -dioxane, 1,2- dimethoxyethane, bis (2-methoxyethyl ) ether, tetrahydrofuran and tetrahydropyran; alcohol-based solvents such as
methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2- butanol, 2-methyl-l-propanol, 3-methyl-l-butanol,
cyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol and glycerin; phenol-based solvents such as phenol and p-cresol; carbonyl-based
solvents such as acetone, ethyl methyl ketone,
cyclohexanone, acetic anhydride, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, N,N- dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methyl-2- pyrrolidone; phosphoric acid derivatives such as
hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide and triethyl phosphate; nitrile-based solvents such as acetonitrile, propionitrile, succinonitrile and benzonitrile; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; amine-based solvents such as pyridine, piperidine and morpholine; and sulfur compounds such as dimethyl sulfoxide and sulfolane.
When a contact product (f) produced by bringing the compounds (a) , (b) and (c) into contact with each other is brought into contact with the particles (d) , namely, when the contact product (f) is produced in the respective methods of <1>, <3> and <7> described above, a solvent (si) is preferably the above aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent, aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent or ether-based solvent.
When the contact product (f) is brought into contact with the particles (d) , a solvent (s2) is preferably a polar solvent. The ET N value (C. Reichardt, "Solvents and Solvents Effects in Organic Chemistry", 2nd ed., VCH Verlag (1988)) or the like is known as an indicator which
represents the polarity of the solvent, and a solvent satisfying the range of the following inequality
expression: 0.8 > ET N > 0.1 is particularly preferred.
Examples of the polar solvent include dichloromethane, dichlorodifluoromethanechloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, 1,2- dibromoethane, 1, 1, 2-trichloro-l, 2, 2-trifluoroethane, tetrachloroethylene, chlorobenzene, bromobenzene, o- dichlorobenzene, dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl ether, anisole, 1,4-dioxane, 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, bis (2-methoxyethyl ) ether, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, methanol, ethanol, 1- propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-l- propanol, 3-methyl-l-butanol, cyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2- ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, acetone, ethyl methyl ketone, cyclohexanone, acetic
anhydride, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N,N- dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone,
hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, triethyl phosphate, acetonitrile, propionitrile, succinonitrile, benzonitrile, nitromethane, nitrobenzene, ethylenediamine, pyridine, piperidine , morpholine, dimethyl sulfoxide and sulfolane. The solvent (s2) is more preferably dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether, methyl-tert- butyl ether, anisole, 1,4-dioxane, 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, bis (2-methoxyethyl) ether, tetrahydrof ran, tetrahydropyran, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2- butanol, 2-methyl-l-propanol, 3-methyl-l-butanol,
cyclohexanol, benzylalcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol or triethylene glycol, particularly preferably di-n- butyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl ether, 1,4-dioxane,
tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-l-propanol, 3-methyl-l- butanol or cyclohexanol, and most preferably tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol or 2- propanol .
It is also possible to use, as the solvent (s2), a mixed solvent of the polar solvent and a hydrocarbyl solvent. The aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent and the aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent listed above are used as the hydrocarbyl solvent. Examples of the mixed solvent of the polar solvent and the hydrocarbyl solvent can include a hexane/methanol mixed solvent, a hexane/ethanol mixed solvent, a hexane/l-propanol mixed solvent, a hexane/2- propanol mixed solvent, a heptane/methanol mixed solvent, a heptane/ethanol mixed solvent, a heptane/l-propanol mixed solvent, a heptane/2-propanol mixed solvent, a
toluene/methanol mixed solvent, a toluene/ethanol mixed solvent, a toluene/l-propanol mixed solvent, a toluene/2- propanol mixed solvent, a xylene/methanol mixed solvent, a xylene/ethanol mixed solvent, a xylene/l-propanol mixed solvent and a xylene/2-propanol mixed solvent. The mixed solvent is preferably a hexane/methanol mixed solvent, a hexane/ethanol mixed solvent, a heptane/methanol mixed solvent, a heptane/ethanol mixed solvent, a
toluene/methanol mixed solvent, a toluene/ethanol mixed solvent, a xylene/methanol mixed solvent or a
xylene/ethanol mixed solvent. The mixed solvent is more preferably a hexane/methanol mixed solvent, a hexane/ethanol mixed solvent, a toluene/methanol mixed solvent or a toluene/ethanol mixed solvent. The mixed solvent is most preferably a toluene/ethanol mixed solvent. The content of an ethanol fraction in the toluene/ethanol mixed solvent is preferably within a range from 10 to 50% by volume, and more preferably from 15 to 30% by volume.
It is also possible to use a hydrocarbyl solvent as the solvent (si) and the solvent (s2) in a method in which the contact product (f) produced by bringing (a) , (b) and (c) into contact with each other is brought into contact with (d) , namely, in the respective methods of <1>, <3> and <7> described above. In this case, the shorter the time until the produced contact product (f) is brought into contact with the particles (d) after bringing (a) , (b) and (c) into contact with each other, the better. The time is preferably from 0 to 5 hours, more preferably from 0 to 3 hours, and most preferably from 0 to 1 hour. When the contact product (f) is brought into contact with the particles (d) , the temperature at that time is usually from -100°C to 40°C, preferably from -20°C to 20°C, and most preferably from -10°C to 10°C.
In the case of <2>, <5>, <6>, <8>, <9>, <10>, <11> and <12> described above, any of the above nonpolar solvent and the above polar solvent can be used. The nonpolar solvent is preferred. The reason is considered that, since a contact product of (a) and (c) , or a contact product produced by bringing a contact product of (a) and (b) into contact with (c) commonly exhibits low solubility in a nonpolar solvent, in a case where (d) exists in a reaction system when these contact products are formed, the thus formed contact products are precipitated on a surface of (d) and are more likely to be immobilized.
There is no particular limitation on the amount of the respective compounds of (a) , (b) and (c) described above to be brought into contact with each other. When a molar ratio of the amount of the respective compounds to be brought into contact with each other is assumed to be a molar ratio (a) : (b) : (c) = 1 : y : z, it is preferred that y and z substantially satisfy Formula (1) described below:
|m - y - 2z| < 1 (1)
wherein m in Formula (1) represents the valence of 2.
y in Formula (1) is preferably a number of 0.01 to 1.99, more preferably a number of 0.10 to 1.80, still more preferably a number of 0.20 to 1.50, and most preferably a number of 0.30 to 1.00. Preferable range of z in Formula (1) is determined by m, y and Formula (1) .
Compounds (a) and (d) are each used in such an amount that the number of typical metal atoms derived from the compound (a) contained in the modified particles (I) is preferably 0.05 mmol or more, and more preferably from 0.1 to 20 mmol, expressed by the molar number of the typical metal atoms per gram of the produced modified particles (I) .
In order to allow the reaction to proceed more quickly, a heating step at a higher temperature is preferably added after the contact treatment described above. In the
heating step, a solvent having a high boiling point is preferably used so as to achieve a higher temperature. In the case of carrying out the heating step, the solvent used in the contacting step may be replaced by another solvent having a higher boiling point.
In the modified particles (I), as a result of the contact treatment, the compounds (a) , (b) , (c) and/or (d) as raw materials may remain as an unreacted product.
However, the produced modified particles (I) are preferably washed so as to remove the unreacted product from the produced modified particles (I) . A solvent to be used to wash the modified particles (I) may be the same or
different used to produce the modified particles (I) . The modified particles (I) are preferably washed under an inert gas atmosphere. The washing temperature is usually from -
100 to 300°C, and preferably from -80 to 200°C. The
washing time is usually from 1 minute to 200 hours, and preferably from 10 minutes to 100 hours. It is preferred to remove the solvent in a state where the modified particles (I) in the solvent are sedimented and amorphous or fine particles float at the upper portion of slurry, in the case of the above washing treatment, so as to obtain modified particles (I) having a uniform particle diameter and shape.
After the contact treatment or the washing treatment, the solvent is preferably distilled off from the product, followed by drying the product at a temperature of 0°C or higher under reduced pressure for 1 hour to 24 hours. The drying treatment is more preferably carried out at a temperature of 0°C to 200°C for 1 hour to 24 hours, still more preferably at a temperature of 10°C to 200°C for 1 hour to 24 hours, particularly preferably at a temperature of 10°C to 160°C for 2 hours to 18 hours, and most
preferably at a temperature of 15°C to 160°C for 4 hours to 18 hours.
Examples of a method for producing the modified particles (I) is described in more detail below by way of a case where 2 is a zinc atom, the compound (b) is 3,4,5- trifluorophenol, the compound (c) is water, and (d) is silica. Using tetrahydrofuran as a solvent, a solution of diethyl zinc in hexane is added thereto to form a mixture
(1). After cooling the mixture (1) to 3°C, 3,4,5- trifluorophenol is added dropwise to the mixture (1) in an equimolar amount based on the amount of diethyl zinc to form a mixture (2), followed by stirring the mixture (2) at room temperature for 10 minutes to 24 hours. Furthermore, water is added dropwise to the mixture (2) in a 0.5-fold molar amount based on the amount of diethyl zinc to form a mixture (3), followed by stirring the mixture (3) at room temperature for 10 minutes to 24 hours. Then, the solvent is distilled off from the mixture (3) and a product is obtained. The product is dried at 120°C under reduced pressure for 8 hours and a solid component (1) is obtained. Tetrahydrofuran and silica are added to the solid component (1) to form a mixture (4), followed by stirring the mixture (4) at 40°C for 2 hours, thereby a solid component- (2) is obtained. The solid component (2) is washed with
tetrahydrofuran and then dried at 120°C under reduced pressure for 8 hours. Thus, the modified particles (I) of the present invention can be produced.
A cyclic aluminoxane having a structure represented by Formula {-Al (E1) -0-}c and/or a linear aluminoxane having a structure represented by Formula E2 { -Al (E2) -0- }dAlE2 2 is/are preferably used as the aluminoxane (e) used in the
preparation of modified particles (II) .
In the formulas, E1 and E2 each represent a hydrocarbyl group, each E1 may be the same or different, each E2 may be the same or different, c represents a number of 2 or more, and d represents a number of 1 or more.
The hydrocarbyl group in E1 or E2 is preferably a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group.
Examples of E1 and E2 include alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a normal propyl group, an isopropyl group, a normal butyl group, an isobutyl group, a normal pentyl group and a neopentyl group. c is a number of 2 or more, and d is a number of 1 or more. E1 and E2 are preferably methyl groups or isobutyl groups, c is from 2 to 40, and d is from 1 to 40.
The above aluminoxane can be produced by various methods. There is no particular limitation on the methods, and the aluminoxane may be produced in accordance with a known method. For example, the aluminoxane can be produced by bringing a solution, prepared by dissolving trialkyl aluminum (e.g., trimethyl aluminum, etc.) in a proper organic solvent (benzene, aliphatic hydrocarbyl, etc.), into contact with water. Further examples of the method include a method in which the aluminoxane is produced by bringing a metal salt containing crystal water (e.g., copper sulfate hydrate, etc.) into contact with trialkyl aluminum (e.g., trimethyl aluminum, etc.). It is
considered that the aluminoxane produced by such a method is usually a mixture of a cyclic aluminoxane and a linear aluminoxane .
The particles (d) used to obtain the modified
particles (II) are particles similar to (d) used in the modified particles (I) .
The modified particles (II) can be produced by
bringing the aluminoxane (e) into contact with the
particles (d) using any method. Specifically, the modified particles (II) can be produced by dispersing the particles (d) in a solvent and adding the aluminoxane (e) thereto.
In this case, any solvent described in the description of the method for producing the modified particles (I) can be used, and the solvent is preferably a solvent which does not react with the aluminoxane (e) , and more preferably a solvent which dissolves the aluminoxane (e) . Specifically, aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as toluene and xylene, or aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as hexane, heptane and octane are preferred, and toluene or xylene is more preferred.
The contacting temperature and contacting time used in the case of bringing the aluminoxane (e) into contact with the particles (d) can be optionally selected. The
temperature is usually from -100°C to 200°C, preferably from -50°C to 150°C, and still more preferably from -20°C to 120°C. Particularly in an initial stage of the reaction, these are preferably reacted at a low temperature so as to suppress heat generation. The amounts of the aluminoxane (e) and the particles (d) , which are brought into contact with each other, are optional amounts. The amount of the aluminoxane (e) is usually from 0.01 to 100 mmol,
preferably from 0.1 to 20 mmol, and still more preferably from 1 to 10 mmol, expressed by aluminum atoms per gram of the particles (d) .
Modified particles (III) are produced by further using the compound (A) in the preparation of the modified
particles (II) .
The transition metal compound represented by Formula
[4] or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimer is used as the compound (A) .
The modified particles (III) can be produced by brining the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) into contact with each other using any method. It is preferable that the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) be brought into contact with each other in a solvent. It is also possible to use, as the solvent, any solvent described above. The solvent is preferably a solvent which does not react with the
aluminoxane (e) and the compound (A) , and more preferably a solvent which dissolves the aluminoxane (e) and the
compound (A) . Specifically, aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as toluene and xylene, or aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as hexane, heptane and octane are preferred, and toluene or xylene is more preferred.
The contacting temperature and contacting time used in the case of bringing the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) into contact with each other are optionally selected. The temperature is usually from - 100°C to 200°C, preferably from -50°C to 150°C, and still more preferably from -20°C to 120°C. Particularly in an initial stage of the reaction, these are preferably reacted at a low temperature so as to suppress heat generation.
The amounts of the aluminoxane (e) , the particles (d) and the compound (A) , which are brought into contact with each other, are optional amounts. The amount of the aluminoxane (e) is usually from 0.01 to 100 mmol, preferably from 0.1 to 20 mmol, and still more preferably from 1 to 10 mmol, expressed by aluminum atoms per gram of the particles (d) . The amount of the compound (A) is usually from 0.1 to 1,000 μπιοΐ, preferably from 1 to 500 μτηοΐ, and still more
preferably from 10 to 200 μιηοΐ, expressed by the transition metal atoms per gram of the particles (d) .
Organoalminium Compound (C)
The organoalminium compound (C) to be used in the present invention is a known organoalminium compound. It is preferably an organoalminium compound represented by Formula [8] : R6 d IY3 _ d [8]
wherein each R6 independetly represents a hydrocarbyl group; each Y independetly represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aralkyloxy group or an aryloxy group; and d is a number satisfying 0 < d < 3.
R6 in Formula [8] is preferably a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms. Examples of R6 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n-hexyl group, a 2-methylhexyl group, a n-octyl group and the like, and preferably an ethyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n-hexyl group or a n-octyl group.
Examples of a case where Y is a halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and preferably a chlorine atom.
The alkoxy group in Y is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a n-pentoxy group, a neopentoxy group, a n-hexoxy group, a n-octoxy group, a n-dodesoxy group, a n-pentadesoxy group, a n-icosoxy group and the like, and preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a tert-butoxy group. The aryloxy group in Y is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, a 3-methylphenoxy group, a 4-methylphenoxy group, a 2,3- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 4-dimethylphenoxy group, a 2,5- dimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 6-dimethylphenoxy group, a 3,4- dimethylphenoxy group, a 3, 5-dimethylphenoxy group, a
2.3.4-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 5-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 6-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2,4,5- trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 4 , 6-trimethylphenoxy group, a
3.4.5-trimethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 4, 5-tetramethylphenoxy group, a 2, 3, 4, 6-tetramethylphenoxy group, a 2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenoxy group, a pentamethylphenoxy group, an ethylphenoxy group, a n-propylphenoxy group, an
isopropylphenoxy group, a n-butylphenoxy group, a sec- butylphenoxy group, a tert-butylphenoxy group, a n- hexylphenoxy group, a n-octylphenoxy group, a n- decylphenoxy group, a n-tetradecylphenoxy group, a
naphthoxy group, an anthrathenoxy group and the like.
The aralkyloxy group in Y is preferably an aralkyloxy group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples of the aralkyloxy group include a benzyloxy group, a (2- methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3-methylphenyl)methoxy group, a (4-methylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2, 4-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2, 5-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,6- dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3, -dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,4- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,6- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (3,4,5- trimethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,4,5- tetramethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (2,3,5,6- tetramethylphenyl) methoxy group, a
(pentamethylphenyl) methoxy group, an (ethylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-propylphenyl) methoxy group, an
(isopropylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-butylphenyl) methoxy group, a (sec-butylphenyl) methoxy group, a (tert- butylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-hexylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-octylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-decylphenyl) methoxy group, a (n-tetradecylphenyl) methoxy group, a
naphthylmethoxy group, an anthracenylmethoxy group and the like, and preferably a benzyloxy group.
Examples of the organoalminium compound represented by Formula [8] include trialkyl aluminums such as trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tri-n-propyl aluminum, tri-n- butyl aluminum, triisobutyl aluminum, tri-n-hexyl aluminum and tri-n-octyl aluminum; dialkyl aluminum chlorides such as dimethyl aluminum chloride, diethyl aluminum chloride, di-n-propyl aluminum chloride, di-n-butyl aluminum chloride, diisobutyl aluminum chloride and di-n-hexyl aluminum
chloride; alkyl aluminum dichlorides such as methyl
aluminum dichloride, ethyl aluminum dichloride, n-propyl aluminum dichloride, n-butyl aluminum dichloride, isobutyl aluminum dichloride and n-hexyl aluminum dichloride;
dialkyl aluminum hydrides such as dimethyl aluminum hydride, diethyl aluminum hydride, di-n-propyl aluminum hydride, di- n-butyl aluminum hydride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride and di-n-hexyl aluminum hydride; alkyl (dialkoxy) aluminums such as methyl (dimethoxy) aluminum, methyl (diethoxy) aluminum and methyl (di-tert-butoxy) aluminum; dialkyl (alkoxy)
aluminums such as dimethyl (methoxy) aluminum,
dimethyl (ethoxy) aluminum and dimethyl (tert-butoxy)
aluminum; alkyl (diaryloxy) aluminums such as
methyl (diphenoxy) aluminum, methylbis (2, 6- diisopropylphenoxy) aluminum and methylbis (2, 6- diphenylphenoxy) aluminum; and dialkyl (aryloxy) aluminums such as dimethyl (phenoxy) aluminum, dimethyl (2 , 6- diisopropylphenoxy) aluminum and dimethyl (2, 6- diphenylphenoxy) aluminum.
Among them, the organoalminium compound is preferably trialkyl aluminum, more preferably trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tri-n-butyl aluminum, triisobutyl aluminum, tri-n-hexyl aluminum or tri-n-octyl aluminum, and particularly preferably triisobutyl aluminum or tri-n-octyl aluminum.
These organoalminium compounds may be used alone, or two or more kinds of them may be used in combination.
The catalyst for addition polymerization in the present invention is a catalyst produced by bringing the compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimer, the
activating agent (B) and, optionally, the organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other. An addition polymer can be produced by addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in a reactor having a coated inside wall in the presence of the catalyst for addition polymerization.
Electron-Donating Compound (D)
When the addition polymer is produced, an electron- donating compound (D) may exist in a reactor having a coated inside wall. The electron-donating compound (D) is preferably a compound containing a nitrogen atom, a
phosphorus atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and examples thereof include an oxygen-containing compound, a nitrogen-containing compound, a phosphorus-containing compound and a sulfur-containing compound. Among these compounds, an oxygen-containing compound or a nitrogen- containing compound is preferred. Examples of the oxygen- containing compound include alkoxysilicons, ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylic acids, esters of an organic acid or inorganic acid, acid amides and acid anhydrides of an organic acid or inorganic acid and the like. Among them, alkoxysilicons or ethers are preferred. Examples of the nitrogen-containing compound include amines, nitriles, isocyanates and the like, and preferably amines.
The alkoxysilicon is preferably an alkoxysilicon compound represented by Formula R7 r Si (OR8 ) 4 _ r , wherein each R7 independently represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, or a hetero atom- containing substituent; each R8 independently represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; r represents a number satisfying 0 < r < 4.
When R7 and R8 are hydrocarbyl groups, examples
thereof include linear alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group and a pentyl group; branched alkyl groups such as an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group and a tert-amyl group; cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a
cyclohexyl group; cycloalkenyl groups such as a
cyclopentenyl group; and aryl groups such as a phenyl group and a tolyl group. When R7 is a hetero atom-containing substituent, examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and a phosphorus atom. Examples thereof include a dimethylamino group, a
methylethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an ethyl n- propylamino group, a di-n-propylamino group, a pyrrolyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidyl group, a perhydroindolyl group, a perhydroisoindolyl group, a perhydroquinolyl group, a perhydroisoquinolyl group, a perhydrocarbazolyl group, a perhydroacridinyl group, a furyl group, a pyranyl group, a perhydrofuryl group, a thienyl group and the like.
R7 and R8 are preferably alkyl groups, and also r is preferably a number satisfying 4 > r > 2.
Examples of the alkoxysilicons include
tetramethoxysilane, methyltrimethoxysilane,
ethyltrimethoxysilane, normal propyltrimethoxysilane, isopropyltrimethoxysilane, normal butyltrimethoxysilane, isobutyltrimethoxysilane, sec-butyltrimethoxysilane, tert- butyltrimethoxysilane, normal pentyltrimethoxysilane, tert- amyltrimethoxysilane, dimethyldimethoxysilane,
diethyldimethoxysilane, di-normal butyldimethoxysilane, diisobutyldimethoxysilane, di-tert-butyldimethoxysilane, methylethyldimethoxysilane, methyl-normal- propyldimethoxysilane, methyl-normal-butyldimethoxysilane, methylisobutyldimethoxysilane, tert- butylmethyldimethoxysilane, tert-butylethyldimethoxysilane, tert-butyl-normal-propyldimethoxysilane, tert- butylisopropyldimethoxysilane, tert-butyl-normal- butyldimethoxysilane, tert-butylisobutyldimethoxysilane, tert-amylmethyldimethoxysilane, tert- amylethyldimethoxysilane, tert-amyl-normal- propyldimethoxysilane, tert-amyl-normal- butyldimethoxysilane, isobutylisopropyldimethoxysilane, dicyclobutyldimethoxysilane,
cyclobutylmethyldimethoxysilane,
cyclobutylethyldimethoxysilane,
cyclobutylisopropyldimethoxysilane, cyclobutyl-normal- butyldimethoxysilane, cyclobutylisobutyldimethoxysilane, cyclobutyl-tert-butyldimethoxysilane,
dicyclopentyldimethoxysilane,
cyclopentylmethyldimethoxysilane, cyclopentyl-normal- propyldimethoxysilane, cyclopentylisopropyldimethoxysilane, cyclopentyl-normal-butyldimethoxysilane,
cyclopentylisobutyldimethoxysilane, cyclopentyl-tert- butyldimethoxysilane, dicyclohexyldimethoxysilane,
cyclohexylmethyldimethoxysilane,
cyclohexylethyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexyl-normal- propyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylisopropyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexyl-normal-butyldimethoxysilane,
cyclohexylisobutyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexyl-tert- butyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylcyclopentyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylphenyldimethoxysilane, diphenyldimethoxysilane, phenylmethyldimethoxysilane, phenylethyldimethoxysilane, phenyl-normal-propyldimethoxysilane,
phenylisopropyldimethoxysilane, phenyl-normal- butyldimethoxysilane, phenylisobutyldimethoxysilane, phenyl-tert-butyldimethoxysilane,
phenylcyclopentyldimethoxysilane, 2- norbornanemethyldimethoxysilane,
bis (perhydroquinolino) dimethoxysilane,
bis (perhydroisoquinolino) dimethoxysilane,
(perhydroquinolino) (perhydroisoquinolino) dimethoxysilane, (perhydroquinolino) methyldimethoxysilane,
(perhydroisoquinolino) methyldimethoxysilane,
(perhydroquinolino) ethyldimethoxysilane,
(perhydroisoquinolino) ethyldimethoxysilane,
(perhydroquinolino) (n-propyl) dimethoxysilane,
(perhydroisoquinolino) (n-propyl) dimethoxysilane,
( (perhydroquinolino) (tert-butyl) dimethoxysilane,
(perhydroisoquinolino) (tert-butyl) dimethoxysilane, trimethylmethoxysilane, triethylmethoxysilane, tri-normal- propylmethoxysilane, triisopropylmethoxysilane, tri-normal- butylmethoxysilane, triisobutylmethoxysilane, tri-tert- butylmethoxysilane and the like. Examples thereof include compounds in which methoxy of these compounds is replaced by ethoxy, propoxy, normal butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy or phenoxy. Dialkyldialkoxysilane or
trialkylmonoalkoxysilane is preferred, and
trialkylmonoalkoxysilane is more preferred.
Examples of the ethers include a dialkyl ether, an alkylaryl ether, a diaryl ether, a diether compound, cyclic ethers and cyclic diethers.
Examples of the ether include dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, di-normal-propyl ether, diisopropyl ether, di- normal-butyl ether, diisobutyl ether, di-tert-butyl ether, dicyclohexyl ether, diphenyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, methyl-normal-propyl ether, methyl isopropyl ether, methyl- normal-butyl ether, methyl isobutyl ether, methyl-tert- butyl ether, methyl cyclohexyl ether, methylphenyl ether, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, 2, 5-dimethyltetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,2- dimethoxyethane, 1, 2-diethoxyethane, 1, 2-diisobutoxyethane,
2.2-dimethoxypropane, 1, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2 , 2-diisobutyl-
1.3-dimethoxypropane, 2-isopropyl-2-isopentyl-l, 3- dimethoxypropane, 2, 2-bis (cyclohexylmethyl ) -1, 3- dimethoxypropane, 2-isopropyl-2-3, 7-dimethyloctyl-l, 3- dimethoxypropane, 2, 2-diisopropyl-l, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2- isopropyl-2-cyclohexylmethyl-l, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2, 2- dicyclohexyl-1, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2-isopropyl-2-isobutyl- 1, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2, 2-diisopropyl-l, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2, 2-dipropyl-l, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2-isopropyl-2- cyclohexyl-1, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2-isopropyl-2-cyclopentyl- 1, 3-dimethoxypropane, 2, 2-dicyclopentyl-l, 3- dimethoxypropane, 2-heptyl-2-pentyl-l, 3-dimethoxypropane, 1, 2-dimethoxybenzene, 1.3-dimethoxybenzene, 1,4- dimethoxybenzene, 1, 3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxane and the like. The ether is preferably diethyl ether, di- normal-butyl ether, methyl-normal-butyl ether, methylphenyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane or 1,3- dioxolane, and more preferably diethyl ether, di-normal- butyl ether or tetrahydrofuran.
Examples of the carboxylic acid ester include mono or polyvalent carboxylic acid esters, and examples of the carboxylic acid ester include a saturated aliphatic
carboxylic acid ester, an unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic acid ester, an alicyclic carboxylic acid ester and an aromatic carboxylic acid ester. Examples of the carboxylic acid ester include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, normal butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, phenyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, ethyl
butyrate, ethyl valerate, ethyl acrylate, methyl
methacrylate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, normal butyl benzoate, isobutyl benzoate, tert-butyl benzoate, methyl toluate, ethyl toluate, methyl anisate, ethyl anisate, dimethyl succinate, diethyl succinate, di-normal-butyl succinate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-normal- butyl malonate, dimethyl maleate, dibutyl maleate, diethyl itaconate, di-normal-butyl itaconate, monoethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, methylethyl phthalate, diethyl
phthalate, di-normal-propyl phthalate, diisopropyl
phthalate, di-normal-butyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, di-tert-butyl phthalate, dipentyl phthalate, di-n-hexyl phthalate, diheptyl phthalate, di-normal-octyl phthalate, di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, diisodecyl phthalate,
dicyclohexyl phthalate, diphenyl phthalate, dimethyl
isophthalate, diethyl isophthalate, di-normal-butyl
isophthalate, diisobutyl isophthalate, di-tert-butyl
isophthalate, dimethyl terephthalate, diethyl terephthalate, di-normal-butyl terephthalate, diisobutyl terephthalate, di-tert-butyl terephthalate and the like. The carboxylic acid ester is preferably methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, dimethyl phthalate,
diethyl phthalate, di-normal-butyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, dimethyl terephthalate or diethyl terephthalate, and still more preferably methyl benzoate, dimethyl
phthalate, diethyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate or dimethyl terephthalate.
Examples of the amines include trihydrocarbylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tri-normal- butylamine, triisobutylamine, trihexylamine, trioctylamine, tridodecylamine and triphenylamine . Triethylamine or trioctylamine is preferred.
The alkoxysilicons, the ethers or the amines are preferably used as the electron-donating compound (D) . The amines are more preferably used. These electron-donating compounds (D) may be used alone, or two or more kinds of them may be used in combination.
Catalyst for Addition Polymerization
The catalyst for addition polymerization in the present invention is produced by bringing the compound (A) , the activating agent (B) and, optionally, the
organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other. Regarding the ratio of amounts of the respective components to be brought into contact with each other, the amount of the compound (A) based on the amount of the activating agent (B) is usually from 0.1 to 1, 000 jomol/g, preferably from 1 to 500 μπιοΐ/g, and more preferably from 10 to 300 |imol/g. The amount of the organoalminium compound (C) based on the amount of the compound (A) is usually from 0.01 to 10,000 mmol/g, preferably from 0.1 to 1,000 mmol/g, and more preferably from 0.5 to 200 mmol/g.
There is no particular limitation on a method of bringing the compound (A) , the activating agent (B) and the organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other, and examples of the method include methods of <13> to <15> described below: <13> a method in which a contact product produced by bringing the above respective components into contact with each other is supplied in a polymerization vessel;
<14> a method in which the above respective components are separately supplied in a polymerization vessel and these components are brought into contact with each other in the polymerization vessel; and
<15> a method in which the above respective components are partially brought into contact with each other to obtain a precontact product before supplying the components in a polymerization vessel, and the precontact product is brought into contact with the remaining components in the polymerization vessel.
The contacting method is preferably <14> described above. The compound (A) may be supplied in the
polymerization vessel in a powder or in a slurry state of being suspended in a solvent.
There is no particular limitation on the order of bringing the compound (A) , the activating agent (B) and the organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other, and examples of the order include orders of <16> to <21> described below:
<16> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the activating agent (B) is brought into contact with the organoalminium compound (C) ;
<17> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the
organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with the activating agent (B) ;
<18> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the activating agent (B) into contact with the organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with the compound (A) ;
<19> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the
organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with a contact product produced by bringing the activating agent (B) into contact with the organoalminium compound (C) ; <20> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the activating agent (B) is brought into contact with a contact product produced by bringing the activating agent (B) into contact with the organoalminium compound (C) ; and
<21> an order in which a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the
organoalminium compound (C) is brought into contact with a contact product produced by bringing the compound (A) into contact with the activating agent (B) .
The contact order is preferably <16> described above. The respective components may be brought into contact with each other in a solvent. It is preferred to use a solvent since an active spot can be efficiently formed. The solvent may be any solvent which does not deactivate the thus formed active spot. The solvent is more
preferably a solvent which dissolves the compound (A) .
Specifically, it is also possible to use aliphatic
hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane and octane; aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane; and polar solvents such as ethers, esters, and ketones. When the solvent is used in
polymerization (e.g., slurry polymerization, gas-phase polymerization, bulk polymerization, etc.) for forming particles, it is preferred to use a solvent which does not dissolve the formed addition polymer. Specifically, an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent is preferred. At the time of contacting, a monomer may exist.
In the case of bringing the respective components into contact with each other, the temperature is an optional temperature. The temperature is usually from -50°C to 100°C, preferably from -30°C to 80°C, and more preferably from -10°C to 60°C. The time required to bring the
respective components into contact with each other is an optional time. The contacting time is usually from continuous charging (substantially 0 minute) to 24 hours, preferably from 1 minute to 12 hours, and more preferably from 3 minutes to 10 hours.
It is preferred to bring the respective components into contact with each other while stirring them.
Addition Polymerization Method
The addition polymerization method of the present invention is a method comprising addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in a reactor having a coated inside wall in the presence of the catalyst for addition polymerization.
Examples of the addition polymerization method of the present invention include (1) a gas-phase polymerization method in which gaseous monomers are polymerized, (2) a solution polymerization method or slurry polymerization method (suspension polymerization method) in which monomers are polymerized in a solvent, and (3) a bulk polymerization method in which monomers as a liquid are polymerized. The method of the present invention is particularly preferably applied to a slurry polymerization method and a gas-phase polymerization method.
Examples of the solvent to be used in solution
polymerization or slurry polymerization include aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane, heptane and octane; aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene and toluene; and halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane . It is also possible to use monomers per se as the solvent. The addition
polymerization can be carried out by any of batchwise polymerization and continuous polymerization methods.
Furthermore, the main polymerization may be carried out in two or more stages under a different reaction condition. The polymerization time of the addition polymerization is generally determined according to the kind of the objective addition polymer and the polymerization reactor to be used, and is usually from 1 minute to 20 hours.
The solution polymerization or slurry polymerization can be carried out in accordance with known methods and conditions. The method is preferably a method in which monomers, a solvent and other materials to be supplied are optionally continuously or intermittently supplied to a polymerization reactor, and the formed addition polymer is continuously or intermittently extracted from the
polymerization reactor. It is possible to use, as the polymerization reactor, a loop reactor or a reactor
equipped with a stirrer, or a reactor in which a plurality of reactors equipped with a stirrer, each having a
different kind and a different polymerization reaction condition, are connected in series, in parallel or in a combination thereof, as long as it is a reactor having a coated inside wall.
The solvent, the polymerization temperature and the polymerization pressure are respectively selected so that it be possible to maintain the catalyst for addition
polymerization in a suspended state and to maintain the solvent and at least part of the monomers in a liquid phase, and thus the monomers can be brought into contact with the catalyst for addition polymerization. The polymerization temperature is usually from about -50 °C to about 150°C.
The polymerization pressure is usually from about 0.001 MPa to about 10 MPa.
In the solution polymerization and the slurry
polymerization, the catalyst for addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst, and monomers can be supplied to a polymerization reactor in an optional order by a known method. Examples of the method of
supplying them to the polymerization reactor include (1) a method in which the catalyst for addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst, and monomers are simultaneously supplied, and (2) a method in which the catalyst for addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst, and monomers are successively supplied.
The gas-phase polymerization can be carried out in accordance with known methods and conditions. A reactor for gas-phase polymerization is a fluidized bed type
reaction vessel having a coated inside wall. Preferably, the fluidized bed type reaction vessel is a fluidized bed type reaction vessel having an enlarged portion. The reactor may have a stirring blade in the reaction vessel.
Examples of a method in which the catalyst for
addition polymerization or components to be used to obtain the catalyst in the gas-phase polymerization is supplied to a polymerization vessel include a method in which the catalyst or the components is supplied in a state free from moisture usually together with an inert gas such as
nitrogen or argon, hydrogen or ethylene; or a method in which a solution prepared by dissolving the catalyst or the components in a solvent or a slurry prepared by diluting the catalyst or the components with the solvent is supplied. The components to be used to obtain the catalyst for
addition polymerization may be individually supplied, or may be supplied after bringing any two or more of the components into contact with each other in an optional order in advance.
There is no particular limitation on the
polymerization temperature in the gas-phase polymerization as long as polymerization temperature is lower than the melting temperature of an addition polymer to be produced, and the polymerization temperature is preferably from 0°C to 150°C, and particularly preferably from 30°C to 100°C. For the purpose of controlling the melt fluidity of the addition polymer to be produced, hydrogen may be added as a molecular weight modifier. An inert gas may be allowed to coexist in a gas when gaseous monomers are polymerized.
It is possible to control the molecular weight of the produced addition polymer by the polymerization temperature or a molecular weight modifier such as hydrogen.
Prepolymerization Method and Prepolymerized Catalyst for Addition Polymerization
A prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization can be produced by addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in a reactor having a coated inside wall in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization. Addition polymerization of monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization, which is carried out so as to obtain a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization, may be sometimes referred to as
prepolymerization.
In the present invention, there is no particular limitation on the prepolymerization method which is carried out in the reactor having a coated inside wall, and the prepolymerization method is preferably solution
polymerization or slurry polymerization using a solvent. Examples thereof include a method in which
prepolymerization is carried out in the presence of a solvent, and the like.
When the catalyst for prepolymerization is produced, an electron-donating compound (D) may exist in the reactor having a coated inside wall. It is possible to use, as the electron-donating compound (D) , compounds exemplified as the electron-donating compound (D) which can be used to produce an addition polymer.
The prepolymerization method can be carried out by any of batchwise polymerization and continuous polymerization methods. Furthermore, the polymerization may be carried out in two or more stages under a different reaction
condition. Generally, the polymerization time is
appropriately determined according to the kind of the objective addition polymer and the polymerization reactor to be used, and is within a range from 1 minute to 20 hours. The prepolymerization temperature is usually from -50°C to 100°C, preferably from -30°C to 80°C, and more preferably from -10°C to 60°C. The temperature may be changed on the way. The prepolymerization pressure is usually from 0.001 MPa to 5 Pa, and preferably from 0.01 MPa to 2 MPa.
The produced prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used directly in the main
polymerization. When the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization is formed by the method of
prepolymerization in the presence of a solvent, the
prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used in the main polymerization in a state of a solution or a slurry solution. Alternatively, the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used in the main polymerization in a state of a solid after subjecting to treatments such as removal of a monomer, distillation of a solvent, filtration, washing, drying and the like.
The prepolymerization is carried out so that the amount of a polymer produced by prepolymerization (also referred to as prepolymerization degree) usually becomes 0.1 to 1,000 g, preferably 0.5 to 500 g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 g, per 1 g of the activating agent (B) . Main Polymerization and Addition Polymer
In the present invention, when an addition polymer is produced using the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization (main polymerization) , the produced
prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization may be used as the catalyst for addition polymerization as it is or after bringing the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization into contact with an organoalminium compound. From the viewpoint of superior polymerization activity, the latter is preferred. The organoalminium compounds
exemplified as the compound (C) are used as the organoalminium compound in the latter case. When the organoalminium compound is used, the amount thereof used is usually from 1 to 10,000 mol/mol, preferably from 10 to 5,000 mol/mol, and more preferably from 30 to 1,000 mmol/g, based on the compound (A) .
When the prepolymerized catalyst for addition
polymerization and the organoalminium compound (C) are used to bring into contact with each other, the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization and the organoalminium compound (C) can be supplied in a polymerization reactor in an optional order. Alternatively, they may be supplied in the polymerization reactor after they are brought into contact with each other in advance. When the main
polymerization is carried out after the prepolymerization, the prepolymerization needs to be carried out in a reactor having a coated inside wall, however, the main
polymerization may or may not be carried out in the reactor having a coated inside wall.
There is no particular limitation on a method of supplying the prepolymerized catalyst for addition
polymerization of the present invention and the
organoalminium compound (C) to a reactor for preparation of a catalyst or a polymerization reactor for main
polymerization. Examples of the method include a method in which a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization and an organoalminium compound (C) are supplied in a solid state; a method in which a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization and an organoalminium compound (C) are supplied in a state of a solution, a suspension or a slurry, in a hydrocarbyl solvent from which a component for deactivating a catalyst component, such as moisture or oxygen, has been sufficiently removed; and the like.
Examples of the hydrocarbyl solvent in this method can include aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as butane, pentane, hexane, heptane and octane; aromatic hydrocarbyl solvents such as benzene and toluene; and halogenated hydrocarbyl solvents such as dichloromethane . Among them, an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent or an aromatic hydrocarbyl solvent is preferred, and an aliphatic hydrocarbyl solvent is more preferred.
There is no particular limitation on a polymerization method in the main polymerization. Examples of the method can include (1) a gas-phase polymerization method in which gaseous monomers are polymerized, (2) a solution
polymerization method or slurry polymerization method
(suspension polymerization method) in which monomers are polymerized in a solvent, and (3) a bulk polymerization method in which monomers as a liquid are polymerized. The main polymerization can be carried out by any of batchwise polymerization and continuous polymerization manners. The main polymerization may be carried out in two or more stages under a different reaction condition. The
polymerization time of the main polymerization is generally determined according to the kind of the objective addition polymer and the polymerization reactor to be used, and is usually from 1 minute to 20 hours.
The prepolymerized catalyst for addition
polymerization of the present invention is particularly preferably applied to the polymerization in which an addition polymer is produced in the form of particles in the main polymerization, like slurry polymerization, gas- phase polymerization and bulk polymerization.
The solution polymerization or slurry polymerization can be carried out in accordance with the above methods and conditions.
The gas-phase polymerization can be carried out in accordance with known methods and conditions. The reactor for gas-phase polymerization is a fluidized bed type reaction vessel, and preferably a fluidized bed type reaction vessel having an enlarged portion. The reactor may have a stirring blade in a reaction vessel.
Examples of a method in which the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization is supplied to a polymerization vessel include a method in which the
catalyst is supplied in a state free from moisture usually together with an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, hydrogen or ethylene; or a method in which the catalyst is supplied in a state of a solution prepared by dissolving the catalyst in a solvent or in a state of a slurry prepared by diluting the catalyst with the solvent.
There is no particular limitation on the
polymerization temperature of gas-phase polymerization as long as the polymerization temperature is lower than the melting temperature of an addition polymer to be produced, and the polymerization temperature is preferably from 0°C to 150°C, and particularly preferably from 30°C to 100°C. For the purpose of controlling the melt fluidity of the addition polymer to be produced, hydrogen may be added as a molecular weight modifier. An inert gas may be allowed to coexist in a gas when gaseous monomers are polymerized. Monomers capable of Addition Polymerizing
The method for producing an addition polymer of the present invention is a method comprising addition
polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of the above catalyst for addition
polymerization or prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization of the present invention.
Examples of the monomer in the method for producing an addition polymer of the present invention can include an olefin, a diolefin, a cyclic olefin, an alkenylaromatic hydrocarbyl and a polar monomer, each having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and two or more kinds of monomers can also be
simultaneously used.
Examples of the monomer include olefins such as
ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 4-methyl-l- pentene, 5-methyl-l-hexene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene,
1-nonene, 1-decene and vinylcyclohexane; diolefins such as 1, 5-hexadiene, 1, 4-hexadiene, 1, 4-pentadiene, 1, 7-octadiene, 1, 8-nonadiene, 1, 9-decadiene, 4-methyl-l, 4-hexadiene, 5- methyl-1, -hexadiene, 7-methyl-l, 6-octadiene, 5-ethylidene-
2-norbornene, dicyclopentadiene, 5-vinyl-2-norbornene, norbornadiene, 5-methylene-2-norbornene, 1, 5-cyclooctadiene, 5, 8-endomethylenehexahydronaphthalene, 1, 3-butadiene, isoprene, 1, 3-hexadiene, 1, 3-octadiene, 1, 3-cyclooctadiene and 1, 3-cyclohexadiene; cyclic olefins such as norbornene, 5-methyl-2-norbornene, 5-ethyl-2-norbornene, 5-butyl-2- norbornene, 5-phenyl-2-norbornene, 5-benzyl-2-norbornene, tetracyclododecene, tricyclodecene, tricycloundecene, pentacyclopentadecene, pentacyclohexadecene, 8- methyltetracyclododecene, 8-ethyltetracyclododecene, 5- acetyl-2-norbornene, 5-acetyloxy-2-norbornene, 5- methoxycarbonyl-2-norbornene, 5-ethoxycarbonyl-2-norbornene, 5-methyl-5-methoxycarbony1-2-norbornene, 5-cyano-2- norbornene, 8-methoxycarbonyltetracyclododecene, 8-methyl- 8-tetracyclododecene and 8-cyanotetracyclododecene; alkenylaromatic hydrocarbyls such as styrene,
alkenylbenzenes (e.g., 2-phenylpropylene, 2-phenylbutene, and 3-phenylpropylene) , alkylstyrenes (e.g., p- methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, o-methylstyrene, p- ethylstyrene, m-ethylstyrene, o-ethylstyrene, a- methylstyrene, 2, -dimethylstyrene, 2, 5-dimethylstyrene, 3, 4-dimethylstyrene, 3, 5-dimethylstyrene, 3-methyl-5- ethylstyrene, 1, 1-diphenylethylene, p-tertiary butylstyrene, and p-secondary butylstyrene), bisalkenylbenzenes (e.g., divinylbenzene) and alkenylnaphthalene (e.g., 1- vinylnaphthalene) ; a, β-unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic
anhydride, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, and
bicyclo (2, 2, 1) -5-heptene-2, 3-dicarboxylic acid), metal salts of metals such as sodium, potassium, lithium, zinc, magnesium and calcium of the a, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid; and a, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid esters (e.g., methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate,
isopropyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, and isobutyl methacrylate) , unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (e.g., maleic acid and itaconic acid), vinyl esters (e.g., vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl caproate, vinyl caprate, vinyl laurate, vinyl stearate, and vinyl trifluoroacetate) and polar monomers such as unsaturated carboxylic acid glycidyl esters (e.g., glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, and itaconic acid monoglycidyl ester) .
The present invention is applied to homopolymerization or copolymerization of these monomers. Examples of the combination of monomers to be used for copolymerization include ethylene and propylene, ethylene and 1-butene, ethylene and 1-hexene, ethylene and 1-octene, and propylene and 1-butene. Ethylene and a-olefin are preferred as the monomer to be used.
The monomer to be used in prepolymerization of the present invention is preferably ethylene, propylene, 1- butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, 1-nonene, 1-decene, 4-methyl-l-pentene or vinylcyclohexane . In the prepolymerization of the present invention, two or more kinds of olefins can also be simultaneously used.
The addition polymer produced in the present invention is particularly preferably a copolymer of ethylene and a- olefin. Among them, a copolymer of ethylene and a-olefin having a polyethylene crystal structure is preferred. The α-olefin is preferably α-olefin having 3 to 8 carbon atoms and examples of the α-olefin include 1-butene, 1-hexene and 1-octene . Examples
The present invention will be described in more detail below by way of examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Properties of addition polymers in the examples were measured by the following procedures.
(1) Elemental Analysis
Zn: After placing a sample in an aqueous sulfuric acid solution (1 ) , ultrasonic waves were applied to the aqueous sulfuric acid solution containing the sample thereby extracting a metal component into the aqueous sulfuric acid solution from the sample. A liquid portion of the aqueous sulfuric acid solution containing the metal component was subjected to quantitative determination using ICP
spectrometry.
F: A sample was combusted in a flask filled with oxygen and the generated combustion gas was absorbed in an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (10%), and then the obtained aqueous solution was subjected to quantitative
determination using an ionic electrode method.
(2) MFR: MFR is a melt flow rate (unit: g/10 minutes) measured at 190°C under a load of 21.18 N (2.16 kg) in accordance with the method defined in JIS K7210-1995.
(3) Swell ratio = SR: A value which is obtained by dividing a strand diameter obtained at the time of the measurement of MFR by an inner diameter (2.095 mm) of a die.
(4) Melt flow rate ratio = MFRR: A value which is obtained by dividing a melt flow rate (MFR) measured at 190°C under a load of 211.82 N (21.60 kg) by a melt flow rate measured under a load of 21.18 N (2.16 kg) in accordance with the method defined in JIS K7210-1995.
In the entire measurement of the above melt flow rate, a polymer blended in advance with 1,000 ppm of an
antioxidant was used.
[Example 1]
(1) Production of Reactor having Coated Inside Wall
A solution (50 ml) of POVAL (KURARAY CO., LTD., brand name: LM-25) (m = 160 and n = 90 in Formula [1], Q = - OC(=0)CH3 in Formula [2], R = OH in Formula [3]), the concentration of which was adjusted to 1 mg/ml, in ethanol was applied using a pipette to an inside wall of an
autoclave (having an inner volume of 3 liters) equipped with a stirrer and heated to 90°C, thereby forming a layer made of the solution. The autoclave having an inside wall on which the layer had formed was dried under reduced pressure at 90°C for about 1 hour thereby vaporizing ethanol as a solvent from the layer, and thus obtaining an autoclave having an inside wall coated with POVAL. The amount of POVAL based on the inside wall area of the reactor was 0.5 g/m2. (2) Production of Modified Particles (B)
In the same manner as in the preparation of the component (A) of Examples 1(1) and (2) of JP-A-2009-79180, modified particles (B) in the present specification were produced. As a result of an elemental analysis, the content of Zn was 11% by weight and the content of F was 6.4% by weight in the modified particles (B) .
(3) Prepolymerization
The autoclave having a coated inside wall was dried under reduced pressure and then air in the autoclave was replaced by nitrogen. After evacuation of nitrogen from the autoclave, 480 g of butane and 203 mg (379 μπιοΐ) of ethylenebis (indenyl) zirconium diphenoxide (A) were added into the autoclave. After stirring a mixture in the autoclave at 50°C for 2 hours, the mixture was cooled to 30°C. Then, 1 g of ethylene was added and 7.0 g of the modified particles (B) produced in (1) described above was added. Then, 3.5 ml (3.5 mmol) of a solution of
triisobutyl aluminum (C) , the concentration of which was adjusted to 1.0 mmol/ml, in hexane was added and
prepolymerization was initiated. First, prepolymerization was carried out at 30°C for 30 minutes while supplying ethylene at a rate of 0.13 g/minute. Then, the supplying gas was changed to an ethylene/hydrogen mixed gas
(concentration of hydrogen: 0.182 mol%), and the temperature was raised to 50°C over 30 minutes while
supplying the mixed gas at a rate of 0.58 g/minute and ethylene was continuously polymerized at 50°C for 3 hours. The monomers and butane were purged from the autoclave and the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization was obtained. The amount obtained was 133.2 g and the
polymerization degree per modified particles (B) was 18.9 g/g. The polymer was not attached to the inside wall of the autoclave.
(4) Main Polymerization
After evacuating argon in an autoclave (having an inner volume of 5 liters) equipped with a stirrer, which was dried under reduced pressure and of which inside
atmosphere was replaced by argon, hydrogen (partial
pressure of 0.037 MPa) was added and 235 g of butene-1 and 965 g of butane were supplied to the autoclave, and then the temperature was raised to 70°C. Thereafter, ethylene was added so that its partial pressure might become 1.6 MPa, and the system was stabilized. As a result of gas
chromatographic analysis, the gas composition in the system was as follows: the content of hydrogen = 1.91 mol%. A solution (2.0 ml) of triisobutyl aluminum, the
concentration of which was adjusted to 1 mmol/ml, in hexane was supplied thereto. Then, 1.0 ml of a solution of
triethylamine, the concentration of which was adjusted to 0.1 mmol/ml, in toluene was added to the autoclave.
Furthermore, 384.8 mg of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced in (3) described above was supplied. Ethylene and butene-1 were polymerized at 70°C for 3 hours while feeding an ethylene/hydrogen mixed gas
(hydrogen: 0.313 mol%) so as to maintain the total pressure at a given value. As a result, 90 g of an olefin polymer was obtained. Polymerization activity per modified
particles (B) was 4,400 g/g. The obtained olefin polymer exhibited an MFR of 2.51 and an SR of 1.44.
[Example 2]
(1) Production of Reactor having Coated Inside Wall
In the same manner as in Example 1(1), except that 200 ml of a solution of POVAL (KURARAY CO., LTD., brand name: LM-25), the concentration of which was adjusted to 1 mg/ml, in ethanol was applied, a reactor having an inside wall coated with POVAL was obtained. The amount of POVAL based on the inside wall area of the reactor was 1.9 g/m2.
(2) Prepolymerization
In the same manner as in Example 1(3), except that 173 mg (324 μπιοΐ) of ethylenebis (indenyl) zirconium diphenoxide (A) and 7.0 g of the modified particles (B) produced in Example 1(2) described above were added, and that the autoclave having a coated inside wall produced in Example 2(1) described above was used, prepolymerization was carried out. The amount of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization obtained was 129.7 g, and
polymerization degree per modified particles (B) was 18.6 g/g. The polymer was not attached to the inside wall of the autoclave.
(3) Main Polymerization
After evacuating argon in an autoclave (having an inner volume of 5 liters) equipped with a stirrer, which was dried under reduced pressure and of which inside
atmosphere was replaced by argon, hydrogen (partial
pressure of 0.037 MPa) was added and 235 g of butene-1 and 965 g of butane were supplied to the autoclave, and then the temperature was raised to 70°C. Thereafter, ethylene was added so that its partial pressure might become 1.6 MPa, and the system was stabilized. As a result of gas
chromatographic analysis, the gas composition in the system was as follows: the content of hydrogen = 1.95 mol%. A solution (2.0 ml) of triisobutyl aluminum, the
concentration of which was adjusted to 1 mmol/ml, in hexane was supplied thereto. Then, 1.0 ml of a solution of
triethylamine, the concentration of which was adjusted to 0.1 mmol/ml, in toluene was added to the autoclave.
Furthermore, 384.1 mg of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced in Example 2(2) described above was supplied. Ethylene and butene-1 were polymerized at 70°C for 3 hours while feeding an ethylene/hydrogen mixed gas (hydrogen: 0.301 mol%) so as to maintain the total pressure at a given value. As a result, 105 g of an olefin polymer was obtained. Polymerization activity per modified particles (B) was 5,100 g/g. The obtained olefin polymer exhibited an MFR of 1.86 and an SR of 1.42.
[Comparative Example 1]
(1) Prepolymerization
In the same manner as in Example 1(3), except that the inside wall of the autoclave was not coated, and that 173 mg (324 μπιοΐ) of ethylenebis (indenyl) zirconium diphenoxide (A) and 7.3 g of the modified particles (B) produced in Example 1(2) described above were added, prepolymerization was carried out. The amount of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization obtained was 123.9 g and polymerization degree per modified particles (B) was 16.9 g/g. The obtained prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization (5.8 g) was obtained as a product attached to the inside wall of the autoclave.
(2) Main Polymerization
After evacuating argon in an autoclave (having an inner volume of 5 liters) equipped with a stirrer, which was dried under reduced pressure and of which inside atmosphere was replaced by argon, hydrogen (partial
pressure of 0.037 MPa) was added and 235 g of butene-1 and 965 g of butane were supplied to the autoclave, and then the temperature was raised to 70°C. Thereafter, ethylene was added so that its partial pressure might become 1.6 MPa, and the system was stabilized. As a result of gas
chromatographic analysis, the gas composition in the system was as follows: the content of hydrogen = 1.84 mol%. A solution (2.0 ml) of triisobutyl aluminum, the
concentration of which was adjusted to 1 mmol/ml, in hexane was supplied thereto. Then, 1.0 ml of a solution of
triethylamine, the concentration of which was adjusted to 0.1 mmol/ml, in toluene was added to the autoclave.
Furthermore, 349.0 mg of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced in Comparative example 1(1) described above was supplied. Ethylene and butene-1 were polymerized at 70°C for 3 hours while feeding an ethylene/hydrogen mixed gas (hydrogen: 0.293 mol%) so as to maintain the total pressure at a given value. As a result, 62 g of an olefin polymer was obtained. Polymerization activity per modified particles (B) was 3,000 g/g. The obtained olefin polymer exhibited an MFR of 4.54 and an SR of 1.48.

Claims

1. A method comprising coating an inside wall of a reactor with a random copolymer represented by Formula [1],
Jm-r-Kn [1]
wherein J is a repeating unit represented by Formula [2] ; K is a repeating unit represented by Formula [3] ; m represents the number of J in the random copolymer being from 10 to 3000; n represents the number of K in the random copolymer being from 10 to 3000; r represents random,
Figure imgf000134_0001
wherein Q in Formula [2] represents Β θ{=0)0-, R1S(=0)20-,
(OH)2P(=0 ) 0-, (OH) (OR1) P (=0) 0- or (OR1) 2P (=0) 0-; R in Formula [3] represents HO- or R10-; R1 represents a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the reactor is a reactor for addition polymerization.
3. A reactor having a coated inside wall produced by the method according to claim 1 or 2.
4. A method comprising addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization in the reactor having a coated inside wall according to claim 3.
5. The method according to claim 4, wherein the catalyst for addition polymerization is a catalyst produced by bringing a compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimmer, and an activating agent (B) into contact with each other,
L1 aM1X1b [4]
wherein M1 is a transition metal atom of Group 4; L1 is a group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton or containing a hetero atom; X1 is a halogen atom, a hydrocarbyloxy group, or a hydrocarbyl group other than groups having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton; a is a number satisfying 0 < a < 3; b is a number satisfying 0 < b < 3; when there are more than one L1, one L1 may be linked to another L1 either directly or by a group containing a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.
6. The method according to claim 4, wherein the catalyst for addition polymerization is a catalyst produced by bringing a compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimmer, an activating agent (B) and an organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other,
Figure imgf000136_0001
wherein M1 is a transition metal atom of Group 4; L1 is a group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton or containing a hetero atom; X1 is a halogen atom, a hydrocarbyloxy group, or a hydrocarbyl group other than groups having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton; a is a number satisfying 0 < a < 3; b is a number satisfying 0 < b < 3; when there are more than one L1, one L1 may be linked to another L1 either directly or by a group containing a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.
7. The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the activating agent (B) is a modified particle produced by bringing the following (a) , (b) , (c) and (d) into contact with each other,
(a) : a compound represented by Formula [5] , M2L22 [5]
(b) : a compound represented by Formula [6],
R2 t-iTH [6]
(c) : a compound represented by Formula [7],
R3u-2T'H2 [7]
(d) : an inorganic oxide particle or an organic polymer particle,
wherein M2 in Formula [5] is a Group 12 element; L2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group, and two L2 may be the same as or different from each other; R2 is an electron withdrawing group or a group containing an electron withdrawing group, and when there are more than one R2, they may be the same as or different from each other; R3 is a hydrocarbyl group or a halogenated hydrocarbyl group; T in Formula [6] is a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element; t is the valence of T; Ί" in Formula [7] is a Group 15 element or a Group 16 element; u is the valence of T ' .
8. The method according to any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein the addition polymerization is carried out in a gas phase .
9. The method according to any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein the addition polymerization is carried out in slurry.
10. The method according to any one of claims 4 to 9, wherein the monomers capable of addition polymerizing are ethylene and an -olefin.
11. A method for producing a prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization, wherein the method comprises addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in slurry in the presence of a catalyst for addition polymerization in the reactor having a coated inside wall according to claim 3.
12. The method according to claim 11, wherein the catalyst for addition polymerization is a catalyst produced by bringing a compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimmer, and an activating agent (B) into contact with each other,
L1 aM1X1b [4]
wherein M1 is a transition metal atom of Group 4; L1 is a group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton or containing a hetero atom; X1 is a halogen atom, a hydrocarbyloxy group, or a hydrocarbyl group other than groups having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton; a is a number satisfying 0 < a < 3; b is a number satisfying 0 < b < 3; when there are more than one L1, one L1 may be linked to another L1 either directly or by a group containing a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.
13. The method according to claim 11, wherein the catalyst for addition polymerization is a catalyst produced by bringing a compound (A) selected from a transition metal compound represented by Formula [4] or its μ-οχο type transition metal compound dimmer, an activating agent (B) and an organoalminium compound (C) into contact with each other,
L1 aM1X1b [4]
wherein M1 is a transition metal atom of Group 4; L1 is a group having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton or containing a hetero atom; X1 is a halogen atom, a hydrocarbyloxy group, or a hydrocarbyl group other than groups having a cyclopentadiene type anionic skeleton; a is a number satisfying 0 < a < 3; b is a number satisfying 0 < b < 3; when there are more than one L1, one L1 may be linked to another L1 either directly or by a group containing a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.
14. A prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization produced by the method according any one of claims 11 to 13.
15. A method for producing an addition polymer, wherein the method comprises addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization according to claim 14.
16. A method for producing an addition polymer, wherein the method comprises addition polymerizing monomers capable of addition polymerizing in the presence of the prepolymerized catalyst for addition polymerization according to claim 14 and an organoalminium compound (C) .
17. The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the monomers capable of addition polymerizing are ethylene and an a-olefin.
PCT/JP2011/076594 2010-11-12 2011-11-11 Method for coating reactor WO2012063972A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SG2013032438A SG190040A1 (en) 2010-11-12 2011-11-11 Method for coating reactor

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010253569 2010-11-12
JP2010-253569 2010-11-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012063972A1 true WO2012063972A1 (en) 2012-05-18

Family

ID=46051103

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/076594 WO2012063972A1 (en) 2010-11-12 2011-11-11 Method for coating reactor

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012117043A (en)
SG (1) SG190040A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2012063972A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3034523B1 (en) 2013-09-30 2021-07-07 LG Chem, Ltd. Method for preparing propylene-1-butene copolymer

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5759919A (en) * 1980-09-29 1982-04-10 Kuraray Co Ltd Suspension polymerizing method of vinyl shloride
JPH04266903A (en) * 1991-02-22 1992-09-22 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Method for preventing build-up of scale in production of polymer
JPH04266901A (en) * 1991-02-22 1992-09-22 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Method for preventing build-up of scale in production of polymer
JPH0525205A (en) * 1991-01-22 1993-02-02 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Agent and method for preventing scale deposition during polymer production
JPH0525206A (en) * 1991-02-22 1993-02-02 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Agent and method for preventing scale deposition during polymer production
JP2006233115A (en) * 2005-02-28 2006-09-07 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Catalyst constituent for addition polymerization, preliminarily polymerized catalyst constituent for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer
JP2006233116A (en) * 2005-02-28 2006-09-07 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Catalytic component for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5759919A (en) * 1980-09-29 1982-04-10 Kuraray Co Ltd Suspension polymerizing method of vinyl shloride
JPH0525205A (en) * 1991-01-22 1993-02-02 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Agent and method for preventing scale deposition during polymer production
JPH04266903A (en) * 1991-02-22 1992-09-22 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Method for preventing build-up of scale in production of polymer
JPH04266901A (en) * 1991-02-22 1992-09-22 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Method for preventing build-up of scale in production of polymer
JPH0525206A (en) * 1991-02-22 1993-02-02 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Agent and method for preventing scale deposition during polymer production
JP2006233115A (en) * 2005-02-28 2006-09-07 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Catalyst constituent for addition polymerization, preliminarily polymerized catalyst constituent for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer
JP2006233116A (en) * 2005-02-28 2006-09-07 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Catalytic component for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012117043A (en) 2012-06-21
SG190040A1 (en) 2013-06-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7932330B2 (en) Process for producing modified particle; carrier; catalyst component for addition polymerization; process for producing catalyst for addition polymerization; and process for producing addition polymer
JP5138151B2 (en) Prepolymerized addition polymerization catalyst component, addition polymerization catalyst and method for producing addition polymer
JP5358917B2 (en) Olefin polymerization catalyst component, olefin polymerization catalyst and process for producing olefin polymer
JP4218265B2 (en) Addition polymerization catalyst, prepolymerized addition polymerization catalyst component, and method for producing addition polymer
US8273677B2 (en) Production process of pre-polymerized polymerization catalyst component and addition polymer
JP2013253264A (en) Method for producing catalyst for polymerizing olefin and method for producing olefin polymer
JP2005068170A (en) Modified particle and method for producing the same, carrier, catalyst component for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer
JP5062543B2 (en) Catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer
JP5138153B2 (en) Addition polymerization catalyst component, addition polymerization catalyst and addition polymer production method
JP2006274161A (en) Catalytic component for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer
JP4961801B2 (en) Modified particles, catalyst component for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization, and method for producing addition polymer
JP5957945B2 (en) Addition polymerization method, prepolymerized catalyst component for addition polymerization, and method for producing addition polymer
US9200093B2 (en) Polymerization method using surfactant-containing particle
WO2012063972A1 (en) Method for coating reactor
JP5138152B2 (en) Addition polymerization catalyst component, addition polymerization catalyst and addition polymer production method
JP2006233115A (en) Catalyst constituent for addition polymerization, preliminarily polymerized catalyst constituent for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer
JP5147493B2 (en) Catalyst for addition polymerization, method for producing addition polymer using the same, modified particles, method for producing the same, and catalyst component for addition polymerization
WO2013047891A2 (en) Washing method, addition polymerization method, prepolymerization method, prepolymerized catalytic component for addition polymerization, and method for producing addition polymer using the same
JP2012117032A (en) Coating method, coated reactor, addition polymerization method, pre-polymerization method, pre-polymerized catalyst component for addition polymerization, and method for producing addition polymer using the same
JP2009256661A (en) Addition polymerization catalyst, and method of manufacturing addition polymer using the same
SG183649A1 (en) Prepolymerization method, prepolymerized catalyst component for addition polymerization, and method for producing addition polymer using the same
JP2008248088A (en) Addition polymerization catalyst and method for producing addition polymer
JP2004027102A (en) Modified particle, method for producing the same, support, catalytic component for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerizaion and method for producing addition polymer
JP2010202710A (en) Modified particle, olefin polymerization catalyst and process for producing olefin polymer
JP2009209336A (en) Catalytic component for addition polymerization, catalyst for addition polymerization and method for producing addition polymer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11840668

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11840668

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1